Division of Continuing Education

B E R G E N C O M M U N I T Y C O L L E G E Division of Continuing Education CORPORATE AND PUBLIC SECTOR TRAINING W h e r e l e a r n i n g i s a l i f e l o n g e x p e r i e n c e FALL 2013 CATALOG H A C K E N S A C K P A R A M U S M E A D O W L A N D S

NEW & EXCITING COURSES ADDED THIS FALL BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY Improving Your Business Writing Skills Tips and Techniques Page 15 Product Development Strategies that Win Page 15 Business Proposals that Win Page 15 Negotiating Mutually Successful Outcomes Page 15 Introduction to Social Media for Business (online) Page 16 Social Networking Strategy for Business (online) Page 16 Implementing Social Media in Business (online) Page 17 Super Bowl Warm Welcome Page 19 COMPUTER Professional HTML & CSS Page 22 The New Webmaster: Step by Step Page 22 Advanced Adobe Flash CS6 Build Mobile Apps for Fun & Profit Page 23 Advanced Dreamweaver: HTML & CSS3 Page 23 CONSTRUCTION Low Pressure Black Seal Boiler Operator s License Exam Preparation Page 32 CERTIFICATE IN GREEN TECHNOLOGIES & SUSTAINABILITY Maker Space Page 41 HEALTH PROFESSIONS Physical Challenges and Disabilities Page 45 Functional Anatomy and TMJ Dysfunction Page 46 Current Trends, Cutting Edge Products, and Tried and True Classics Page 46 Evaluation of Oral Soft Tissue Lesions & Oral Manifestations of HIV Disease Page 46 Treatment Options for the Edentulous Arch Page 46 INTERIOR DESIGN Architecture History, Structure, Form & Space Page 51 LANGUAGES Business Communications-When English is a Second Language II Page 53 Korean I, and II Page 54 Arabic Advanced Page 54 Italian III and IV Page 55 PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT Songwriting Page 58 Writing Memoir Page 58 Fiction Writing: The Short Story Page 58 Parliamentary Procedures Page 58 TEACHER EDUCATION Spanish for Teachers, Part II Page 69 CAREER & INFORMATIONAL SESSIONS The Division of Continuing Education, Corporate and Public Sector Training invites you to attend the following events. Please call us at (201) 447-7488 to reserve your seat. Fashion Design Information Session Saturday, September 21, 2013; 10:00 a.m. at the Technology Building, TEC-119 (See page 37 for program information) Interior Design Information Session Tuesday, September 24, 2013; 6:30 p.m. at the Technology Building, TEC-119 (See page 50 for program information) New Pathways to Teaching in New Jersey (NPTNJ) Information Session Wednesday, November 6, 2013 6:00 p.m. at the Moses Family Meeting & Training Center, TEC-128 (See page 67 for program information) A Health Professions grant is available for individuals who meet eligibility requirements to enroll in: Home Health Aide Certification Program Electrocardiography (ECG/EKG) Technician Certification Program Certified Nursing Assistant Training Course CNA Patient Care Technician (PCT) Phlebotomy Technician Certification Program Certificate in Pharmacy Technician After meeting the eligibility requirements, those not selected through the lottery will not be able to participate in HPOG, but will be able to enroll in any other services or programs for which they are eligible. For more information about the programs listed above, please email HPOG@Bergen.edu or call (201) 689-7045. This activity/program has been partially funded by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services' Administration for Children and Families through the Northern New Jersey Health Professions Consortium (Grant Number 90FX0001). This document was supported by Grant Number 90FX0001 from the Administration for Children and Families, U.S. Department of Health & Human Services (HHS). Its contents are solely the responsibility of the authors and do not necessarily represent the official views of HHS. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS Emergency Closings...6 How to Register & General Information...6-7 Bergen Goes Green Introduction to Solar Certification...8 10 Steps to a Green Nursery: What Parents Need to Know...8 Ten-hour OSHA Construction Industry Safety Certification...8 New Jersey Recycling Applications & Theory...8 Leadership Skills and Management Techniques...8 The Economics of Recycling...8 Introduction to Recycling in New Jersey...9 Principles of Composting...9 Public Communication Techniques...9 Recycling Collection Techniques...9 Waste Mgt & Reduction...9 Preparing Recycling Tonnage Reports...9 Recycling Non-Traditional Materials...9 Recycling Problem Solving and Case Studies...9 Recycling Public Policy Update...9 EPA Renovator Certification for Lead-based Paint...9 LEED Green Associate: Exam Prep...10 Smart Home Construction and Sustainability...10 Green Advantage Test Prep...10 Landscape Installation Program...10 Landscape Maintenance Program...10 Business and Industry Customized Corporate Training...12 CMA Exam Prep...13 Certificate in Executive Assistant/Secretary Program...13 Marketing Exit Briefing Exit Plng for Closely Held Business...15 Improving Your Business Writing Skills...15 Product Development Strateties that Win...15 Business Proposals That Win...15 Negotiating Mutually Successful Outcomes...15 Personal Branding...15 Doodling: The Art of Re-Invention through Creativity...15 Business Killers...15 Value Drive Analysis for Business Owners...16 Certificate in Social Media for Business...16 Introduction to Social Media for Business...16 Certificate in Social Media for Business (Online)...16 Certificate in Professional Sales...17 Certificate in Sales Management...17 Certificate Program in Project Management...17 Certificate in Entrepreneurship...18 Small Business Small Business Development Center...19 NRF Foundation Sales & Svc Learning Prog...19 Super Bowl Warm Welcome Training...19 Computer Training Center AutoCAD 2014-Level I and II...21 3D AutoCAD 2014...21 Revit Architecture Essentials...21 Revit Architecture - Intermediate...21 CISCO CCNA CISCO Part 1, 2, 3, 4...21 Certificate in Web Design Creating Your Own Web Page...22 Professional XHTML/CSS...22 Dreamweaver...22 PhotoShop for Web...22 Flash...22 The New Webmaster: Step by Step...22 Certificate in Interactive Graphic Design...22 PhotoShop for Print & Interactivity...22 Illustrator for Print & Interactivity...22 InDesign for Page Layout & Interactive Design...22 Certificate in Advanced Flash...23 Advanced Adobe Flash CS6...23 Certificate in Advanced Adobe Dreamweaver CS6...23 Advanced Dreamweaver: XHTML5/CSS3...23 Dreamweaver and PHP: Server Scripting for Modern Websites...23 Dreamweaver and PHP: Databases...23 Certificate in Javascript & jquery...23 Certificate in Google Android Apps Google Android Apps 1 & 2...23 Certificate in WordPress...24 Certificate in MS Office + QuickBooks...24 Keyboarding Fundamentals...24 MS in the Workplace, Parts I, II, III...24 QuickBooks Pro...24 Certificate in Microsoft in the Workplace MS in the Workplace, Parts I, II, III...24 Certificate in QuickBooks Pro...25 Programs for Beginners Intro to the PC & Windows...25 Working with Folders...25 Keyboarding Fundamentals...25 Microsoft Office 2010 Courses Word 2010 Level 1 & 2...25 Word Mail Merge 2010...25 Excel 2010 Level 1 and 2...25 Excel 2010 Charting/Graphs...25 Excel 2010 Database....26 Excel 2010 Pivot Tables...26 Excel 2010 Macros...26 Excel 2010 Level III...26 PowerPoint 2010...26 Access 2010...26 Online Certificate Programs Certificate in Advertising & Marketing Specialist...27 Certificate in Computer Integrated Design Specialist...27 Certificate in Graphic Design, Arts & Communication Specialist...27 Certificate in Web Development & Online Business Specialist...28 Certificate in Computer Programming...28 Certificate in Photoshop Professional...28 Certificate in Computer Aided Technology...28 Certificate in Parametric CAD Modeling...28 Online Ed2go Courses Computer Courses...29 Writing Courses...29 Test Prep Courses...29 Construction Courses Sub-Code Official...31 Construction Official...31 Building Inspector RCS...31 Building Inspector ICS...31 Building Inspector HHS...31 Plumbing Inspector ICS...31 Plumbing Inspector HHS...31 Electrical Inspector ICS...31 Electrical Inspector HHS...31 Fire Protection Inspector ICS...31 Fire Protection Inspector HHS...31 Elevator Inspector HHS...31 The New Jersey Rehabilitation Subcode for Design Professionals and Building Contractors...31 Low Pressure Black Seal Boiler Operator s Lic. Exam Prep...32 Certificate in Electronics Technology...32 Certificate in Green Construction Management Professional Program...32 Ten-hour OSHA Construction Industry Safety Certification...32 Environmental Testing...32 Sustainability Concepts...32 Indoor Air Quality (IAQ)...33 Modular Construction...33 Construction Estimating Basics...33 Negotiating Construction Contracts...33 Understanding Alternate Energy and Economics...33 Construction Contract Law...33 Basic to Advanced Blueprint Reading...33 Water Resource Management...33 Construction Project Management and Organization...33 Photovoltaic Design and Installation...33 To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS CornerStone: Certificate in Gov t Leadership Think Globally, Lead Locally...34 Cross-Functional Communication...34 Alternative Dispute Resolution...34 Team Building and Management for Gov t...34 Financial Management in Government...34 Strategic Planning & Project Mgt...34 Emergency Management...34 How to Run an Effective Campaign...34 Campaign Planning...34 Building a Campaign Organization...34 Developing a Campaign Message...34 Campaign Communication...34 Campaign Fundraising...34 The Law and Your Campaign...34 Course Offerings in Spanish...35 Certificate in Professional Cooking Professional Food Preparation Techniques...36 Introduction to Baking...36 International Cuisine...36 ServSafe - Cert. Food Protection Mgr. Course...36 Fashion Design Courses Sketching...37 Draping...37 Pattern Making...37 Accessories...37 Basic Sewing...37 Intermediate & Advanced Sewing...37 Financial Literacy Financial Strategies for Successful Retirement...38 Complete Financial Planning Workshop...38 How to Make the Most from your Fixed Income Investments...38 Introduction to Money Management and Investing for Retirement...38 Certificate in Green Technologies & Sustainability Ten-hour OSHA Construction Industry Safety Certification...39 Environmental Testing...39 Windows and Doors...39 Sustainability Concepts...40 Photovoltaic Design and Installation (Solar Panel Array)...40 Indoor Air Quality (IAQ)...40 Blueprint Reading Basics...40 Smart Home Construction & Sustainability...40 Construction Estimating Basics...40 Waste Management & Reduction...40 Understanding Alternative Energy and Economics...40 Ten-hour OSHA Construction Industry Safety Certification...40 Customer Service & Sales...40 Weatherization Techniques...41 Photovoltaic Design and Installation (Solar Panel Array)...41 Water Resource Management...41 Green Advantage Test Prep & Offered...41 Maker Space...41 Health Professions Home Health Aide Certification (CHHA)...42 Accelerated Cert Home Health Aide...42 Certified Nursing Assistant Training...42 CNA Recertification Testing...42 Certified Patient Care Technician (CPCT)...43 Electrocardiography (ECG/EKG) Technician...43 Phlebotomy Technician Cert Program...43 EKG/Phlebotomy Technician Certification Prog...43 Patient Care Technician Adv Patient Care Skills...43 Pharmacy Technician Certificate Prog...43 Pharmacy Technician Core Course...44 Central Sterile Supply Technician Certification Course...44 Healthcare Billing & Coding Certificate Program...44 Certified Alcohol & Drug Counselor (CADC) Prog....45 BLS for Healthcare Providers...45 BLS for Healthcare Providers Renewal...45 RN Refresher Course: Online...45 Adult IV Therapy & Phlebotomy...45 When Words Fail: Stroke & Communication Disorders...45 Dental Forensic Identification...46 Functional Anatomy & TMJ Dystrunction...46 Myofunctional Orthodontics: Old and New Trends in Orthodontics...46 Current Trends Cutting Edge Products, Tried and True Classics...46 Evaluation of Oral Soft Tissue Lesions & Manifestations of HIV Disease...46 Treatment Options for the Edentulous Arch...46 NY State Infection (OSHA) Control Guidelines: Course for Healthcare Professionals...46 Facial Pain Disorders...46 Meeting the Needs of Disabled Patients...46 Certificate in Hospitality and Tourism Industry...48 Certificate in Tourism Ambassador Program...48 Human Resources Management Development Program Benefits...49 Compensation...49 Staffing Management...49 Employment Law...49 Performance Management...49 Organizational & Employee Development...49 Interior Design Courses Principles of Interior Design...50 History of Decorative Arts...50 Color for Interior...50 Business Procedures for the Interior Designer...50 Basic Drafting...51 Visual Concepts...51 Interior Lighting...51 Interior Materials, Finishes & Sources...51 AutoCAD-Architectural 2010...51 Architecture History, Structure, Form & Space...51 Contract Design Studio...51 Kids and Teens Lego Education WeDo!...52 Babysitter Training Course...52 Aviation Badge...52 Teachers Convention Kids Camp...52 Crafty Creations...52 I want to be an Artist!...52 Kids and Teens Online Program Basic Algebra...52 Basic Geometry/Trigonometry...52 Preparation for SAT s Verbal, Math and Written Essay...52 Languages American Language Courses TOEFL...53 Accent Reduction/Pronunciation of American English...53 Communicating Everyday English...53 Business Communications When English is a Second Language & II...53 Accent Reduction II...53 Foreign Language Courses Korean I, II...54 Arabic for Beginners...54 Arabic I Elementary...54 Arabic Advanced...54 German I for Beginners...54 Spanish III...54 Colloquial Spanish...54 Spanish for Bus and Personal Improvement I, II...54 Habla Español: Conversational Spanish...54 Italian I, II, III, IV...55 Sign Language Courses Sign Language I, II, III, IV...55 Nonprofit Leadership Institute...56 What Makes a Nonprofit a Nonprofit?...57 Build a Dynamic Board...57 Who s in Charge? Effective Leadership for Nonprofit...57 Impact: Measuring Organizarional Success...57 Strategic Planning for Nonprofits...57 Diversified Funding: The Lifeblood of a Nonprofit...57 Certificate in Volunteer Management...57 To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS Personal Development Songwriting...58 Memoir Writing...58 The Short Story: Fiction Writing...58 How to Write and Sell a Magazine Article...58 U.S. Constitution, Fact and Fiction...58 Financial Fraud...58 Before you Buy that Diamond...58 Parliamentary Procedures...58 Introduction to Strunk & White...58 The Arts Recreational Cartooning...59 Introduction to Basic Sculpture...59 Intermediate Watercolor...59 Watercolor for Beginners...59 Shibori...59 Impressionist Painting...59 Aesthetics of Photography...59 Intermediate Photography...59 Introduction to Calligraphy...59 Intermediate Calligraphy...59 Film Industry Basic Film Production Crew Positions...59 Make Your Own Feature Film...60 Basic Film Acting Training...60 Music Introduction to Guitar...60 Intermediate Guitar...60 Pet Care Parenting Your Pet: Basic Pet Care for Every Stage of Life...60 Pet First Aid...60 Security Officers Training Security Officers Registration Act (SORA)...60 Security Officers Recertification...60 Animal Control Officer Training Animal Control Officer Training (ACO)...60 Animal Cruelty Investigator Training (ACI)...60 Pest Control/Applicators Pesticide Safety I and II...61 Cockroaches...61 Rodents...61 Termites...61 Carpenter Ants...61 Bed Bug Basics...61 Property & Facility Management Ed Residential Property Mgt. Certificate Prog. Overview of Residential Property Management...63 Financial Foundations for Residential Property Managers...63 Building Operations and Maintenance...63 Safety, Security, and Risk Mgt Essentials...63 The Complete Community Manager: Putting It All Together...63 Overview of Residential Property Management...63 Exterior and Grounds Maintenance...63 Managing Special Facilities...63 Community Relations...63 Managing People to Manage Communities...63 The Complete Community Manager: Putting It All Together...63 Quality Assurance Certificate Program Certified Six Sigma Black Belt...64 Certified Quality Engineer (CQE)...64 Certified Six Sigma Green Belt (CSSGB)...64 Certified Quality Auditor...65 Formulation of Solutions...65 Protein Purification...65 Quality Improvement Assoc. Certification-CQIA...65 Excel for Quality Control...65 Basics of Statistical Processes Used for Quality...65 Certified Pharmaceutical GMP Professional (CPGP)...65 Real Estate Courses 75-Hr. Real Estate Salesperson s Lic. Course...66 Introduction to Appraising Real Estate...66 Ethics...66 Agency...66 Real Estate Statute & Rules...66 Legal Issues, Contracts, Ownership & Attorney Review...66 How to Improve Your Credit Score...66 Fix & Flip: buying, Renovating & Selling Real Estate Properties...66 Teacher Education Programs New Pathways to Teaching in New Jersey (NPTNJ)...67 Introduction to Teaching: 24-hour Pre-Service Program...67 CDA Certificate Program...68 CDA Renewal...68 Early Care & Educ for Director s Academy...68 How to Become a Substitute Teacher...68 Teacher Ass t Prep Cert Prog-Parts I & II...68 Math Praxis II Prep...68 Elementary Ed Praxis II Prep...68 Fundamentals of Teaching Cert Prog-Parts I & II...68 Overview of Special Education...68 Red Flags: Recognize Early Warning Signs...69 Classroom Management...69 Imagination & 21Century Skills: Getting Creative with Technology...69 Spanish for Teachers, Part I, II...69 Polishing Your Prose...69 Introduction to Applied Behavior Analysis...69 Social Thinking...69 Certificate Program for Paraprofessionals: Autism...70 Certificate in Wedding/Event Planning...71 Women s Institute Women s Institute Leadership Academy...72 Leading Effective Organizations...72 Conflict Management and Negotiation...72 Naturally Finding Your True Voice...72 A New, Leaner You!...72 The Art of Leadership...72 Exploring Your Leadership Potential...72 Additional Continuing Education Opportunities BCC Foundation...73 The Hispanic Institute...74 Bergen at the Meadowlands...74 Certificate in Business of Entertainment The Arts Stärke: Certificate in Sports Mgt. Travel Directions...77 Campus Map...78 To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 4

REGISTRATION FORM DIVISION OF CONTINUING EDUCATION, CORPORATE AND PUBLIC SECTOR TRAINING REGISTRATION FORM (please print and complete all sections). Student ID # Last Name First Name MI Home Address City or Town State Zip Code Home phone w/ area code Work phone w/area code E-mail address FEDERAL REPORTING. Both State and Federal Government require that we submit information on our student s characteristics. Your response to this section is voluntary, but will help us to implement our affirmative action policy. Bergen is an equal opportunity institution. This information does not affect admission or placement. Birth date: / / / Sex: Male Female Have you ever taken a Bergen Community College Continuing Education Course? Yes No Are you Hispanic or Latino? Yes No What best describes you: Black or African American American Indian or Alaskan Native Asian White Hawaiian or Pacific Islander How did you hear about the program? Friend / Relative Agency The Record / date Local paper / date Professional publication Flyer / Brochure Bergen catalog Employer Other REFUND POLICY: To receive a full refund, a student must withdraw five business days before the start date of the class. NO REFUNDS WILL BE GIVEN THEREAFTER. ALL REFUND REQUESTS MUST BE IN WRITING. Refunds take 4-6 weeks to process and mail. Office Use Only Received Entered Date Course # Section # Course Title Date(s) Cost VISA/MC/AMEX or Discover# V-Code Total Cost Exp. Date / Signature (as name appears on card) / / Date Please make checks payable to: BERGEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE MAIL REGISTRATION FORM TO: Bergen Community College School of Continuing Education, Rm. Tech 115 400 Paramus Road Paramus, New Jersey 07652-1595 **Please refer to our General Information section for registration policy** With this application you are registered. Unless notified, please report to your first scheduled class. NO CONFIRMATIONS WILL BE SENT. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 5

GENERAL INFORMATION DIVISION OF CONTINUING EDUCATION, CORPORATE AND PUBLIC SECTOR TRAINING Where Learning is a Life-long Experience Mission Statement Meet the learning needs of an ever changing community by: Designing innovative and diverse programs Providing qualified instructors with real world experience Creating flexible partnerships Achieving service excellence Christine Gillespie Dean, Division of Continuing Education, Corporate and Public Sector Training Paul F. Ragusa Managing Director, Division of Continuing Education, Corporate and Public Sector Training Ilene Kleinman Managing Director, Institute for Learning in Retirement Nancy Owens Associate Dean, Health Professions Ellen Aramini Director of Job Placement Services Vince D Elia Regional Director, Bergen SBDC Ronald McKnight Business Development Manager Program Supervisory Staff Ria Bloss, Program Supervisor Roseanne Crisafi, Coordinator of Green Initiatives, LEED-GA Barbara Eisen, Program Supervisor Regina Imperato, Program Supervisor Andrea Schaffel, Program Supervisor Registration Services and Administrative Support Staff Esmeralda Armendariz, Secretary Susan Sloan, Senior Secretary Louisa Emirzian, Secretary Vivian Tongue, Executive Secretary Jose Guerra, Ass t. Bookkeeper Sarita Vaishampayan, Head Bookkeeper TBA, Secretary Phone Numbers To contact us or register by phone with MC/VISA/AMEX/DISC 447-7488 To have your company billed 447-7486 Fax your registration (include MC/VISA/AMEX/DISC) 447-7861 Classroom assignment (call the day before) 447-7155 To inquire about Customized Training for your company 612-5300 College Bookstore 445-7174 (located on the first floor of the Pitkin Education Center Building) Emergency Closings In the event that the College will be closed or have a delayed opening, official notification is available from the following sources: Online: http://www.bergen.edu or http://www.1010wins.com to sign up for e-mail notifications Radio: WCBS/880, WOR/710, 1010 WINS, WVNJ/1160 TV: Cablevision/ News 12 NJ Phone: (201) 447-7100 (recorded message) Please note that the College has instituted a no smoking policy; smoking is no longer permitted anywhere on campus. Bergen Community College facilities are wheelchair accessible. How to Register Registrations are accepted until classes are full. No registrations are accepted without payment. Register as early as possible to guarantee your enrollment. Seats are available on a first come, first served basis. In the event of inclement weather, please check our website at www.bergen.edu or the following sources listed under Emergency Closings located on the bottom left of this page. All course and event listings are accurate to date of publication. On rare occasion faculty substitutions and other rescheduling may occur. VISIT: We accept VISA, American Express, MasterCard, Discover or checks/money orders made payable to Bergen Community College. To register with cash payments, please come to our office during the hours of 9:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m. After processing your registration, you will need to pay at the Bursar s office. We are located in the Technology Education Center, Room 115, Monday through Thursday 9:00 a.m.-7:00 p.m., Friday 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m., Saturday 9:00 a.m. 3:00 p.m. CALL: (201) 447-7488 during business hours. Have your VISA, American Express, MasterCard or Discover information ready. Hearing Impaired: (800) 852-7897 (Voice) or (800) 852-7899 (TDD) FAX: (201) 447-7861. Complete the Registration Form and include VISA, American Express, MasterCard or Discover information. MAIL: Complete the registration form and mail with your check, money order or credit card payment (do not send cash) to: Bergen Community College, Division of Continuing Education, Corporate and Public Sector Training, Room TEC-115, 400 Paramus Road, Paramus, NJ 07652 ONLINE - Great News Web Registration is here! You can now register for our courses ONLINE. Search for the course you want, enroll, pay and get instant confirmation of your registration 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Go to http://www.bergen.edu, top of page, click on Web Advisor. This link will bring you to the WebAdvisor page. Click on WebAdvisor for Continuing Education. To register and/or search for classes, click on Register and Pay for Classes and follow the instructions. Please note that some courses are not available for WebAdvisor registration. For further information, please call (201) 447-7488. Note: This does not apply to Institute for Learning (ILR) courses. Youth Programs: To register participants in our youth programs, please go to: www.bergen.edu/kidsandteens and download registration form and mail or fax to us. Please Note: Unless otherwise noted, courses in The Division of Continuing Education, Corporate and Public Sector Training are intended for adults 18 years old and older. Students who are 16 years old and older and who believe they have reason to appeal this policy, may do so by contacting the Managing Director of Programs for The Division of Continuing Education in writing by mail, fax or mail. Requests for a waiver must be submitted at least three weeks prior to the course start date. Courses offered in The Division of Continuing Education do not satisfy course requirements for degree credit programs, unless duly noted. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 6

GENERAL INFORMATION Payment Methods We accept VISA, American Express, MasterCard, Discover, personal check or money order payable to Bergen Community College. Cash payments may only be processed before 4:00pm, applicable for in-person registration only. For cash payment, come to the offices of Continuing Education located in the Technology Center, Room TEC-115, complete a registration form, allow us to process your registration, and then proceed to the Bursar s office located in the Main Building, Room A-229, with the registration receipt and your cash payment. Please do not send cash in the mail. No News is Good News Once your registration and payment are received, you are automatically enrolled. No confirmation will be sent. Your cancelled check, cash receipt or credit card statement is your receipt. Attend your class as scheduled. You will be notified if a class is cancelled, a schedule is changed or if a class is full and we cannot accept your registration. Announcing Employment Opportunity Assistance: Bergen Community College s Division of Continuing Education is pleased to announce the opening of a job placement service, for students who complete a minimum 60-hour certificate program from the Division of Continuing Education. Spearheading this endeavor is Ellen Aramini who brings to the college over twenty years experience in corporate staffing, recruiting and contingency search. Ellen has made successful job placements in a broad range of industries in Northern New Jersey s small, mid-size and fortune 100 companies. She will be interviewing and preparing our continuing education students for the job search challenge. Our goal is to link learning and work by identifying the hiring needs of our students and by providing a trained and available workforce. Please feel free to contact Ellen Aramini at earamini@bergen.edu to learn more about how Bergen Community College s Division of Continuing Education can be of service to you our student and our community businesses. Returned Checks A charge of $30 for the first week with an additional $30 after the second week will be incurred on checks returned for insufficient funds or stop payment. Cancellations The College reserves the right to cancel a course when registration is less than the minimum required. If the course is cancelled, tuition and fees will be refunded within 4-6 weeks. Students will be notified by phone or email. Transfer Policy Students who choose to transfer from an active course must submit their request in writing no later than 4:00 p.m. on the start of the first class. If approved by the Managing Director, students must re-register within six months or forfeit their credit. Students are limited to one transfer per course per semester. Note: Transfer credits are not eligible for a refund. Refund Policy The College reserves the right to change courses, days, times and instructors, and to withdraw courses without notice. Refund requests must be received 5 business days prior to the start date of the course. NO REFUNDS OR CREDITS WILL BE GIVEN THEREAFTER. Please allow 4-6 weeks for processing. All refund requests must be in writing. Note: Transfer credits are not eligible for a refund. Room Locations Please call (201) 447-7155 for your room assignment, if listed as TBA. Our courses may be scheduled at any one of the following locations: Paramus, Hackensack, Lyndhurst, Fort Lee and Mahwah. To locate your classroom and building designations, please see page 78. Campus Map/Travel Directions For travel directions see pages 77. For campus map, please see page 78. Required Textbooks Some courses require textbooks and are indicated accordingly. Unless otherwise noted, textbooks may be purchased at the Bookstore located on the first floor of the main building, bookstore (201) 447-7174. Students with Disabilities that require special assistance such as a sign language interpreter must register and inform us three weeks prior to the beginning of a course. (No refunds, as special arrangements will need to be made.) To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 7

BERGEN GOES GREEN BERGEN GOES GREEN Bergen Community College recognizes the importance and increased interest in Green technologies and their applications. This semester we are offering courses in hopes of helping our community conserve more energy. The School of Continuing Education will offer courses in Solar Powered Paneling for the contractor and in the area of construction we offer Smart Home Construction and Sustainability, including the EPA Renovator Certification and for those students seeking employment within the green energy workforce, a student may choose one or all of our courses in our Green Pathways Employment Certificate Program. For more information call (201) 447-7488. CD 469 Introduction to Solar Certification 10 sessions; 40 hours; $560 001, Mon; Sept. 16-Dec. 2, 2013 Hours: 6:00-10:00 p.m. Location: TEC-119 This 40-hour course teaches the technology and skills required for the design and installation of the photovoltaic system. It covers in detail all applicable requirements of the latest UCC and NEC codes. This course is approved for 34 continuing education hours by the NJ State Board of Electrical Contractors and prepares you to take the NABCEP examination. Required Text: Photovoltaic Systems, Edition 2 by James Dunlip. Available at the BCC Bookstore. Must be purchased prior to class. Instructor: Constantinos Papademas, Professional Engineer, Electrical Inspector, Sub-Code Official and is on the NJ Board of Examiners of Electrical Contractors CD 006 10 Steps to a Green Nursery: What Parents Need to Know. 1 session, 3 hours; $99 001, Tue; September 17, 2013 Location: Fort Lee 002, Wed; October 16, 2013 Location: Mahwah Welcome your newborn with a great start by giving your baby a healthy, low impact Green Nursery. Attend this course and learn about everything from lighting to ventilation. Discover the tools available at your fingertips that can help you to select items that reduce toxins and create the best opportunity for a clean, safe and healthy environment for your baby to learn and grow in. Instructor: Roseanne Crisafi, LEED GA, Green Advantage Certified, NCIDQ Certified CD 058 Ten Hour OSHA Construction Industry Safety Certification 2 sessions; 10 hours; $99 001, Sat; September 21 & 28, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-3:30 p.m. This 10-hour course is designed for construction workers as an ideal orientation to those who are new to construction sites, maintenance workers and others, those associated with construction projects and as a reminder those working in a variety of building related industries about the hazards associated with the construction industry. Upon successful course completion a $5.00 fee is due to the instructor to receive the 10-hour Construction Safety OSHA Certification Card. Instructor: William Rose, Saint Mary s Hospital, Facilities-Engineering Director, BCHCM Certified Safety Professional Certified Recycling Professional Program (CRP) Bergen Community College is pleased to announce the new CRP Program. Some courses qualify for recertification hours. Students must provide their own transportation to scheduled field trips. Please contact Roseanne Crisafi for more information at (201) 447-7863 or e-mail rcrisafi@bergen.edu. CD 046 New Jersey Recycling Applications & Theory 5 sessions; 20 hours; $325 001, Tue; October 1-October 22, 2013, 10/1, 10/8 & 10/29 There are 2 Full-Day Field Trips: Hours: 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m., 10/8, 10/15 Location: Paramus/Field Visits to Recycling Facilities Learn the evolution of recycling from the beginning of environmentally sound practices to the discovery of sustainability and the economic benefits recycling can bring. Discover how recycling can become an asset through managing this vital part of your organization. Recycling can result in saved expenses, cost reduction as well as potential increased incomes. Students attend field visits at solid waste and recycling facilities, and practice hands-on skills labs. Discover the steps to conducting a waste audit; understand recycling markets, improve recycle rates and increase participation, by increasing ownership and efficiencies. Students to provide their own transportation to field trip locations. Instructor: TBA CD 048 Leadership Skills and Management Techniques 4 sessions; 8 hours; $155 001, Wed; Oct. 9-Nov. 6, 2013 Location: Paramus Improve your leadership skills and management techniques to create a winning team at your establishment. Examine the role effective communication plays in managing and supervising your workforce in a positive way. Learn methods to improve your interpersonal strengths and the attributes that make an organization successful. Students use selfassessment tools to pinpoint their talents, improve communication skills and receive instruction on successful leadership techniques. Instructor: Tracy Miceli, Retail Specialist CD 047 The Economics of Recycling 3 sessions; 6 hours; $99 001, Th; October 3-October 17, 2013 Location: Paramus Learn about the economics of recycling and how it makes financial sense as long as your operations are designed in a way to reduce cost or produce income. Understanding and analyzing your program costs and needs and how they may change will enable you to plan for a positive outcome. Learn the language of To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 8

BERGEN GOES GREEN accounting, economics, finance and marketing. In this class, you will review returns on investments, accounting, cost analysis, and analyzing waste audits. Practice solving problems and making program decisions. Groups work on real life scenarios using current costs and prices to make program decisions and discover how to work with changing variables to find solutions that maximize returns and minimize costs. Instructor: TBA CD 045 Introduction to Recycling in New Jersey 3 sessions; 6 hours; $99 001, Mon; October 7-October 21, 2013 Location: Paramus This course is an introduction to recycling and solid waste management in New Jersey. Included are the rules and policy that regulate and preside over recycling in our state. Discover the fundamental duties of recycling coordinators and others working in this industry as well as the most recent regulation updates. Instructor: TBA CD 049 Principles of Composting 2 sessions; 6 hours; $99 001, Mon; Nov.ember 4-11, 2013 Location: Paramus Learn the science behind composting and how it works including the NJ DEP rules and regulations. Discover the knowledge and skills required to run a successful composting facility and keep health issues in check. Learn ways to improve your facility operation and proper ways to use composted material. Many compost producers, both municipal and private, get involved in composting as an effective means of recycling organic residuals, explore compost benefits and markets. Guest lecturers will discuss local market trends and more. Instructor: TBA CD 051 Public Communication Techniques 3 sessions; 9 hours; $175 001, Wed; Nov. 3-Dec. 18, 2013 Location: Paramus Learn how to successfully get your message across. This course will review targeting your audience and developing effective strategies, public relation and marketing campaigns that will to get your message across in cost efficient way. Whether it is a product, service or recycling program, it must be communicated in order to produce positive results. Topics included are; writing effectively, graphic design use, media (print, television, radio, cable) purchasing, and public relations techniques. Students will review and analyze real-world case studies of highly successful campaigns. In class group projects offer the opportunity to practice public communication skills. Instructor: TBA CD 050 Recycling Collection Techniques 3 sessions; 9 hours; $155 001, Th; Nov. 7-Dec. 5, 2013 Location: Paramus In this course you will learn the techniques required to qualify and support decisions regarding recycle collection. Learn the skills needed to understand how generation rates are computed, discover the basics of waste and recycling contracting and explore logical routing. Multi-family locations, schools and businesses, groups that have special collection techniques and options received special emphasis in NJ s new solid waste management plan, will be highlighted. Class activities include group sessions where students apply course information to real world vehicle routing issues and collection problems. Instructor: TBA CD 578 Waste Management & Reduction 4 sessions; 10 hours; $220 001, Tue; Nov. 5-Dec. 3, 2013 Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. Eliminating waste by not generating it in the first place is the best way to minimize human and industrial environmental footprints. Waste management practices have evolved over the last 50 years to accomplish that essential objective. Take this course and learn about how waste management and reduction programs have developed in the US, the regulations and technologies that have emerged to support that development and practical approaches that can be employed to continually reduce our impacts on our environment. Approved for 10 classroom CEU s for New Jersey CRP Professionals. Instructor: Craig Doolittle, P.E., TRC Solutions CD 053 Preparing Recycling Tonnage Reports 1 session; 3 hours; $99 001, Mon; November 18, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Location: Paramus Attend this course and learn how to easily prepare and file tonnage reports. Students learn to use Excel and other spread sheet programs to track and summarize their data. Traditional methods tonnage forms and summary sheets will be reviewed as well as short cuts to making report filing less time consuming. Instructor: Mark Vangieri CD 055 Recycling Non-Traditional Materials 3 sessions; 6 hours; $99 001, Mon; Nov. 25-Dec. 9, 2013 Location: Paramus Improve your recycling options by converting e-waste, biosolids, construction waste and other materials into valuable resources. Review market trends and learn what new materials can be added to recycling programs. Find out how to convert some of the waste that you may be paying to have hauled away into recovered assets. Guest lecturers will discuss local market trends and more. Instructor: TBA CD 052 Recycling Problem Solving and Case Studies 2 sessions; 5 hours; $99 001, Tue; December 3 & 10, 2013 Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. Location: Paramus Included in this final course is a review of the principles and practices of recycling in NJ and completes the certification series. Through the use of case studies, in class group exercises, and discussions will reinforce and integrate the facts, concepts and techniques presented in the other series courses. Instructor: Craig Doolittle CD 054 Recycling Public Policy Update 2 sessions; 5 hours; $99 001, T/Th; December 12 & 17, 2013 Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. Location: Paramus Learn about the Recycling Enhancement Act passed in 2008 and the changes it has implemented. This course offers important information on current policies and programs you need to know to be ahead of the pack. Guest lecturers from regulatory agencies, the public and private sectors discuss current regulations, implementation processes and impacts. Discuss current issues and future expectations. Instructor: TBA CD 524 EPA Renovator Certification for Lead-based Paint 1 session; $179 Hours: 8:00 a.m.-5:30 p.m. Location: Paramus and Meadowlands To register for this course, you must contact www.njworkforce.org/epa.html Dates, times and locations are subject to change. Please check the NJ Workforce website. For further questions, please call Roseanne Crisafi at (201) 447-7863. To become certified, renovation contractors must take this 8 hour EPA Accredited course. Upon successfully completing this course, contractors will become an EPA Certified Renovator, which will be valid for five years. Students will also learn how to work safely with lead-based paint, and how to perform lead-safe work practices effectively during renovation, repair and painting projects. The course content includes: Lead Based Paint Health Concerns Regulations Planning the job Lead Dust Containment Cleaning Training Non-Certified renovation workers Recordkeeping. Upon successful completion of this exam, students will earn the fallowing certifications: EPA Model Renovator Initial Certificate NJ DCA Rules & Regulations Certificate Instructor: Roseanne Crisafi, LEED GA, Green Advantage Certified, EPA Certified. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 9

BERGEN GOES GREEN CD 494 LEED Green Associate: Exam Prep 1 session; $325 001, Fri; September 20, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.5:00 p.m. The LEED Green Associate is for professionals who want to demonstrate green building expertise in non-technical fields of practice. It denotes basic knowledge of green design, construction, and operations. The Green Associate also serves as the first step for professionals pursuing a LEED AP with specialization. Instructor: Roseanne Crisafi, LEED GA Offered in the Spring CD 578 Waste Management & Reduction 5 sessions; 12 hours; $220 001, Tue; February 4-March 4, 2014 Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. Eliminating waste by not generating it in the first place is the best way to minimize human and industrial environmental footprints. Waste management practices have evolved over the last 50 years to accomplish that essential objective. Take this course and learn about how waste management and reduction programs have developed in the US, the regulations and technologies that have emerged to support that development and practical approaches that can be employed to continually reduce our impacts on our environment. Instructor: Craig Doolittle, P.E., TRC Solutions CD 511 Understanding Alternative Energy & Economics 8 sessions; 16 hours; $235 001, Th; February 6-April 3, 2014 (no class 3/20) Learn about the array of existing and emerging renewable energy technologies, from photovoltaics to geothermal and understand operation concepts. Life cycle analysis from material extraction, manufacture through use, allows workers to communicate costs, benefits and incentives on renewable energy and energy efficiency projects. Gain an understanding about supply, demand, state regulations and the economics of energy. Instructor: TBA CD 058 Ten Hour OSHA Construction Industry Safety Certification 4 sessions; 10 hours; $99 002, Sat; February 22-March 1, 2014 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-3:00 p.m. This 10-hour course is designed for construction workers as an ideal orientation to those who are new to construction sites, maintenance workers and others, those associated with construction projects and as a reminder those working in a variety of building related industries about the hazards associated with the construction industry. Upon successful course completion a $5.00 fee is due to the instructor to receive the 10 Hour Construction Safety OSHA Certification Card. Instructor: William Rose, Saint Mary s Hospital, Facilities-Engineering Director, BCHCM - Certified Safety Professional, FEMA Certified Instructor CD 477 Smart Home Construction & Sustainability 4 sessions; 12 hours; $225 001, Sat; Jan. 25-Feb. 15, 2014 (no class 3/22) Hours: 9:00 a.m.-12:00 p.m. Discover the principles of smart construction and green building attributes. Learn about the difference between sustainable and green. This course will outline some of the ways you can build a safer healthier environment through the use of new materials, sustainable and recycled products. You will learn about energy efficiency, reducing consumption, reclaimed and recycled materials. Planning your project to maximize or minimize natural elements. Discover how to qualify purchases and materials with resources and agencies. Instructor: Roseanne Crisafi, LEED GA, Green Advantage Certified CD 518 Green Advantage Test Prep 4 sessions; 10 hours; $200 002, Th; May 29 June 19, 2014 Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. This class is designed to prepare you to take the Green Advantage Exam, Commercial or Residential series and will assist you in gaining a deeper understanding of the concepts of Green Building. Learn the fundamentals of green construction practices, green rating systems like LEED and get practical information on engaging in environmentally sustainable practices. The test fee of $175 is additional. Instructor: Roseanne Crisafi, LEED GA CD 057 Thirty Hour OSHA General Industry Safety Certification 10 sessions; 30 hours; $295 This 30-hour course is designed for workers in a variety of industries and is more appropriate for supervisors or workers with some safety responsibility it covers everything from Means of Egress, Fire Protection, Power Tool Safety, Personal Protection Equipment through Ergonomics and an introduction to Industrial Hygiene. This certification course provides training for workers and employers on the recognition, avoidance, abatement, and prevention of safety and health hazards in general industry workplaces. The program also provides information regarding workers rights and employer responsibilities. Upon successful course completion a $5.00 fee is due to the instructor to receive the 30 Hour General Industry Safety OSHA Certification Card. Instructor: Carmelo Loran, OSHA Authorized Trainer The New Jersey Landscapers Contractors Association (NJLCA) Landscape Industry Certification Program Bergen Community College is now offering two New Certification Programs. The New Jersey Landscapers Contractors Association (NJLCA) Landscape Industry Certification Program in the Maintenance Concentration & Installation Concentration offers those entering the landscaping workforce an opportunity to prepare themselves, while also offering seasoned contractors the opportunity to help them stand out from the crowd. Each session will be taught by a NJLCA certified instructor. Each program concentrates on different areas of landscaping, including general landscape equipment safety and maintenance, plan reading and estimating, turf fertilization, plant layout and identification, tree and shrub maintenance, paver and sod installation, and grading and drainage. Both programs offer traditional classroom learning along with handson training. Each program will commence with students taking the Landscape Industry Certified Installation or Maintenance Exam. CD 584 Landscape Installation Program 20 sessions; $599 001, M/W; Sept. 12-Nov. 28, 2011 (no class 9/28, 10/10, 11/23) This 10-week certificate program offers students the opportunity to gain theoretical and hands on knowledge of the basics of Landscape Installation. Both experienced and inexperienced students are encouraged to enroll. Topics covered will include: First Aid and Safety; Landscape Plan Reading and Estimating; Instrument, Grading, and Drainage; Hardscapes and Special Features; Plants and Planting; Edger; Turf Installation; Equipment Safety and Maintenance; and Work Orders and Snow Removal. Program will commence with student taking the Landscape Industry Certified Installation Exam, which will be offered two times per year by the New Jersey Landscape Contractors Association. This course is intended for students who would like to prepare for the Landscape Industry Certified Technician exam. Exam cost of $275, which includes textbook, is not included in the cost of tuition. Following successful completion the exam, you will receive a certificate, wallet card indicating certified status, lapel pin, and exclusive Certification logos, which can be used on printed materials such as letterhead, business cards, stickers, and signs. Instructors: Provided by the New Jersey Landscape Contractors Assoc. (NJLCA) CD 585 Landscape Maintenance Program 20 sessions; $599 001, Tue/Th.; Sept. 13-Nov. 22, 2011 (no class 9/29) This 10-week certificate program offers students the opportunity to gain theoretical and hands on knowledge of the basics of Landscape Maintenance. Both experienced and inexperienced students are encouraged to enroll. Topics covered will include: First Aid and Safety; Landscape Plan Reading and Estimating; Turf Installation and General Turf Maintenance; Turf Chemicals; Plants and Planting; Tree and Shrub Maintenance; Turf Equipment Operation and Safety; General Landscape Equipment Safety and Maintenance; Irrigation System Components and Maintenance; and Work Orders and Snow Removal. Program will commence with student taking the Landscape Industry Certified Maintenance Technician Exam, which will be offered two times per year by the New Jersey Landscape Contractors Association. Text books and exam cost of $275 is not included in tuition. Following successful completion the exam, you will receive a certificate, wallet card indicating certified status, lapel pin, and exclusive Certification logos, which can be used on printed materials such as letterhead, business cards, stickers, and signs. Instructors: Provided by the New Jersey Landscape Contractors Assoc. (NJLCA), call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 10

BERGEN GOES GREEN The Bergen Community College Division of Continuing Education Sustainability Institute Event Schedule: Please join us in The Moses Family Meeting and Training Center October 2, 2013, 6:30pm-8:30pm The Cycle of Community Forestry and Its Impact on You The 2nd Annual Sustainability Institute Student Challenge Question and presentation schedule will be announced April 9, 2014 2nd Student Challenge Presentation & Awards Ceremony Students Grades 1-6 A special session is planned for students in lower grade levels including activities and entertainment April 10, 2014 2nd Student Challenge Presentation & Awards Ceremony Students Grades 7-12 Teachers earn professional development hours for attending this free conference! Coming Soon The Educational Fall Film Festival! Please visit www.bergen.edu/continuinged to confirm topic, date and time For additional information on The Cycle of Community Forestry and Its Impact on You Conference, the Educational Film Festival, or the Student Challenge please contact Roseanne Crisafi at rcrisafi@bergen.edu or Tracy Miceli at tmiceli@bergen.edu To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 11

BUSINESS & INDUSTRY TRAINING FOR BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY Thinking about your company s success? We link training to your business strategy and we bring the training to you! We can offer business and industry specialists in customized training programs developed to meet your specific needs either at your facility or ours. Did you know that your employees are your most important assets? Of course you do! That s why it is so necessary for them to be well armed with the latest in business technology and techniques. You need people with business savvy that can improve your bottom line help give you the competitive edge. We provide the tools and the consultants needed to assist your employees in helping you keep ahead of the competition. Improve productivity, increase profitability and sharpen technical, problem-solving and communication skills. We can assess skills and train new employees or upgrade the skills your employees already have. We may be able to assist you in securing grant funding to underwrite the cost of training. We have a full staff of professional consultants to customize and tailor programs specifically for you. Our trainers and consultants are experts in adult learning and have extensive experience in the corporate training environment. We can provide organizational development consulting to ensure that training is strategic and practical. Our customized materials will support your particular objectives and goals. Our integrated approach is designed to analyze your environment, work with you to formulate strategic training goals and provide training to keep your company profitable. BUSINESS & INDUSTRY Access The Global Business Advantage at Bergen Community College PROVIDING A FULL RANGE OF RESOURCES AND SERVICES TO SUPPORT THE NEEDS OF BUSINESS. professional training workforce readiness retail skills development business planning and consulting marketing services conference and meeting facilities CUSTOMIZED CORPORATE TRAINING Offering service-oriented, comprehensive solutions We draw upon the expertise of professional business practitioners and facilitators who specialize in on-the-job training. Using proven training curriculum and techniques, our staff is able to offer flexible, customized solutions at an affordable price. Our services include: Needs Assessment Customized Training Solutions Follow-up Evaluations and Recommendations Assistance with Department of Labor and Workforce Development Grant applications The Division of Continuing Education, Corporate & Public Sector Training has the answers. To address the needs of our clientele, we have developed a spectrum of programs in these key strategic areas. Some of the courses we offer are listed below; however, there are many more available. Specialty areas include, but are not limited to: Leadership Skills Sales Communication Management Six Sigma Computer Skills Performance Management Team Building Customer Service Interpersonal Skills Basic Math and other Math English as a Second Language (ESL) Conflict Resolution Basic Skills Project Management Diversity (Reading, Writing & Grammar) Sexual Harassment Goal Setting Basic Supervision Strategic Planning Presentation Skills Business Writing Time Management Train-the-Trainer Executive Coaching Women in Leadership & Keynote Speakers Certificate in Supply Chain Mgt. Certificate in Professional Sales Recent Clients: Crestron Mannkind Corporation TEVA Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Estee Lauder Movado Group Thermo Fisher Scientific Forest Research Institute, Inc. Pfizer, Inc. Toys R Us Genzyme Pitney Bowes Triangle Manufacturing Co., Inc. Kraft Foods, Inc. Scientific Design Company, Inc. United Water/Suez Kreisler Manufacturing Corp. SEIU Valley Hospital System Lonza, Inc. SK Life Science Whole Foods Market Lundbeck Research USA, Inc. Stryker Orthopaedics The Corporate & Public Sector Training department has a full staff of professionals to customize and tailor programs specifically for you. Our trainers are experts in adult learning and have extensive experience in the corporate training environment. We can provide organizational development consulting to ensure that training is strategic and practical. Since we are a public institution, you may find us to be a cost-effective way to incorporate training into your business strategy. We would welcome the opportunity to discuss this and other venues that may be able to support your training efforts. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 12

BUSINESS & INDUSTRY NJ COMMUNITY COLLEGE CONSORTIUM FOR WORKFORCE & ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Are you unhappy with the basic skills that entry-level employees bring to their jobs? The New Jersey Business and Industry Association (NJBIA), the New Jersey Department of Labor (LWD) and the New Jersey Community College Workforce Consortium (NJCCWC) has partnered to offer The Basic Skills Workforce Training Program. As a full partner of the NJCCWC, Bergen Community College s Division of Continuing Education, Corporate & Public Sector Training department is offering programs to assist employers in upgrading the basic skills of their employees, thus improving productivity. Programs are offered at our campus sites or can be conducted at your business location. All consortium courses are offered in conjunction with the Department of Labor and are presented at no cost to members of the local Chambers of Commerce or the New Jersey Business & Industry Association. We look forward to working with you Call today to schedule a meeting or to learn more about our services to business! Ronald McKnight, Business Development Manager, Division of Continuing Education, Corporate & Public Sector Training (201) 612-5300 or rmcknight@bergen.edu For a unique Customized Training Opportunity at the Buehler Challenger & Science Center, please see page 76 of this catalog. CMA EXAM PREP CMA (Certified Management Accountant) is the advanced professional certification specifically designed to measure the advanced accounting and financial management skills used in business today. Sit for the exam and demonstrate your mastery of financial planning, analysis, control, and decision support, as well as professional ethics. This exam preparation program includes textbooks and online practice tests. While the primary focus of this course is to prepare individuals for the CMA exam, the course is also an excellent professional development tool for helping individuals advance their career in accounting, finance, or business management. Candidates for the CMA exam may sit for Parts 1 and 2 in any order. The CMA review courses are delivered in two convenient courses, mirroring the two parts of the CMA exam. The cost of the CMA EXAM is not included CD 043 CMA Exam Prep PART I Financial Planning, Performance and Control 30 hours; 10 sessions; $1299 001, T/Th; September 10, 12, 17, 24, Oct. 1, 3, 8, 10, 15, 17, 2013 (no class 9/19, 9/26) (Make-up date 10/22) Topics covered include: Planning, budgeting, and forecasting Performance management Cost management Internal controls Professional ethics Instructor: Diane Nissen Friedman, CMA CD 044 CMA Exam Prep PART II Financial Decision Making 36 hours, 12 sessions; $1350 001, T/Th; Oct. 29, 31, Nov. 5, 7, 12, 14, 19, 21, 26, Dec. 3, 5, 10, 2013 (no class 10/28) (Make-up date 12/12) Topics covered include: Financial statement analysis Corporate finance Decision analysis and risk management Investment decisions Professional ethics Instructor: Diane Nissen Friedman, CMA NOTE: Books are ordered 2 weeks before the start date. To be sure your book is here on time: Register for Part 1 before August 26, 2013 Register for Part 2 before October 14, 2013 Certificate in Administrative Professional This program prepares students for administrative careers in a variety of environments. Take the Administrative Professional Certificate Program if: You never worked in an office environment before; You would like to pursue employment as an administrative professional; You need to learn computer and office skills. The focus is two-fold: the essentials of computer skills and the essentials of secretarial skills. The essential computer skills include the Microsoft Office 2010 programs: Windows, Word, Excel, PowerPoint and Access. Students learn to use the Internet and Email, create a resume, and search for a job. The essential secretarial skills include helping students to: improve time management, develop oral and written communication skills required in the workplace, provide quality customer service, plan and schedule meetings and corporate events, make travel arrangements and manage stress on the job. Special attention is paid to the essentials of managing an office as well as what it takes to advance to management level positions. CD 558 Administrative Professional Certificate Program 240 hours; $4,000 (includes books) 001, M/T/W/Th/F.; Sept. 19-Dec. 10, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m-2:30 p.m. Location: E-112 and CLC-235 Instructors: TBA Certificate in Executive Assistant/Secretary Program Being an executive-level secretary/administrative support professional in today s offices is more than just working directly for your manager(s). Your success depends on your ability to facilitate smooth relations with others and address your work responsibilities independently. Executive assistants/secretaries must: handle various administrative roles to manage their departments initiate and execute a variety of inter- and intra-office communications direct production of all written communications ensure that their services meet the highest quality standards coordinate the management of daily procedures and special projects serve as the go-to professional in dealings with customers and key office contacts The Executive Assistant/Secretary Certificate Program is presented through case studies, exercises and examples from attendees work situations, demo and attendee role-plays. Who should attend this program? professionals seeking new careers in administrative management support experienced administrative professionals who want to enrich their skill sets To earn a certificate, you must complete all 9 courses. You may also register for individual courses on a non-certificate basis. This program will help participants prepare to take the Certified Administrative Professional (CAP) and Certified Professional Secretary (CPS) Exams administered by the International Association of Administrative Professionals. Total Hours: 22.5 Total Cost: $495 Instructor: Wilma A. Hurwitz Hours: Classes meet on a Wednesday, 7:00-9:30 p.m. Location: Call 201-447-7155 the day before the class begin CD 535 Administrative Excellence in Today s Demanding Workplace Foundation Skills for Professionalism 1 session; $55 001, Wed; September 11, 2013 In this introductory session, we will look at theories of organization, planning and the assigned and understood roles/responsibilities of exempt and non-exempt personnel. You will come away with a better understanding of how your company s business objectives and organizational structure impact your roles and daily performance. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 13

BUSINESS & INDUSTRY CD 536 Strategic Partnering Skills Building Successful Work Relationships 1 session; $55 001, Wed; September 18, 2013 This session will examine how business policies, corporate culture and personality protocols impact your strategic partnership relationships with managers and colleagues. CD 537 Communications: Key to Office Cooperation and Improved Customer Relations 1 session; $55 001, Wed; September 25, 2013 Today s executive assistant must manage a variety of inter- and intraoffice relationships. In this session, we will study and practice select communication styles to foster smoother interactions with managers, peers, other office personnel and customers. CD 538 Conflict in the Workplace 1 session; $55 001, Wed; October 3, 2013 Executive assistants must recognize and address conflicting priorities in the management teams they support as well as their own teams. In this section, we study the nature of interpersonal conflicts in the workplace environment, identify difficult behaviors, clarify the motivations of each party and develop strategies for conflict resolution. CD 539 Managing for Productivity 1 session; $55 001, Wed; October 9, 2013 Your performance is evaluated by how well you blend time, task and resource management to support you and your managers activities. This section features time and task management procedures, methods for work/task organization and planning, telephone techniques and customer service; standards for document preparation and proofreading. CD 540 Project Management/Team Relationships 1 session; $55 001, Wed; October 16, 2013 Today s executive assistant must often be both a knowledgeable project manager and quality team player. In this session, you will learn how to use select management styles and human relationship techniques to be the manager as well as participant on business projects. CD 541 Planning/Coordinating Conferences and Business Meetings 1 session; $55 001, Wed; October 23, 2013 Preparing conferences and business meetings is an increasing area of responsibility for executive assistants. In this section, we will apply the knowledge gained from the project management, communications skills, and productivity sections to the range of activities you may be asked to perform in planning, organization, coordination and on-site management of meetings. CD 542 Technology Management 1 session; $55 001, Wed; October 30, 2013 Executive administrative personnel can often be the most knowledgeable as well as the key users of certain software and office management tools. In this section, we will examine how you can serve as the IT expert to train, offer support and advice to others in your department. CD 543 Maintaining Your Professionalism Best Practices Roundtable and Certification Preparation 1 session; $55 001, Wed; November 6, 2013 To conclude this Certificate program, participants set best practice standards for performance and develop action plans for personal improvement. This session also includes questions and answers for the CAP /CPS exam. GOVERNMENT CONTRACT BI 673 Government Contract Workshop: Contracting Opportunities for Small Business 2.5 hours; $35 001, Fri; September 13, 2013 Hours: 9:30 a.m.-12:00 p.m. Location: E-112 002, Fri; November 8, 2013 Hours: 9:30 a.m.-12:00 p.m. Location: E-112 This course is the next step for business owners who want to expand their marketing efforts beyond their current customer base. Defense Procurement Center will help your firm market to government agencies, such as DOD, EPA, DOE, schools, post offices, local municipalities, as well as large businesses such as IBM, Lockheed and the casinos. Learn about tools such as Small Disadvantaged Business/8a, Hubzone, Service Disabled Veteran- Owned Small Business or Minority/Women Certifications that will give your business a marketing edge. You will receive a listing of small business specialist at various agencies and large businesses so you can avoid the cold call since these individuals are tasked to assist you. The Center will bid match you free of charge so that you will discover who is buying your goods or services, and we will assist in the review of bidding opportunities. Free handouts will be provided. Instructor: Dolcey E. Chaplin, Esq. Instructor s Bio: Dolcey E. Chaplin, Esq. is the Director of the NJIT Procurement Assistance Center. The state-wide Center assists small, woman and disadvantaged-owned businesses in obtaining federal contracts with particular emphasis on Department of Defense in both the prime and subcontract arena. Dolcey is a nationally recognized expert in the various socioeconomic certification programs that exist on the state and federal level. BUSINESS AND CAREER TOOLS Marketing BI 742 Certificate in Digital Marketing 4 sessions; $240 001, Sat; Sept. 21 Oct. 12, 2013 Hours: 1:00 4:00 p.m. Learn how to meet the need of the rapidly changing world of marketing. We cover basic marketing concepts and discuss how small, medium-sized companies and corporations decide where and how to market to their prospects and clients. Marketing and advertising is moving away from a paper based one way communication to a digital conversation. Learn how digital communication can help you to better connect, inform and interact with your customers, clients, constituents and stakeholders. Instructor: TBA BI 726 Marketing Fundamentals 3 sessions; $125 001, Wed; Oct. 30-Nov. 13, 2013 Hours: 6:30 9:30 p.m. This course is for anyone who wants to learn more about marketing. We cover basic marketing concepts and discuss how small, medium-sized companies and corporations decide where and how to market to their prospects and clients. Learn about the creative process, market trends, social media, and low cost, high impact marketing techniques being used today. Instructor: Robin Altman, President, The Altman Group, Inc. BI 727 Keeping Your Customers Satisfied 2 sessions; $95 001, Th; November 14 & 21, 2013 Develop marketing retention programs aimed at keeping customers happy, coming back for more, and the ultimate compliment providing referrals. Learn how to determine your best customers and discuss programs that can be tailored to them. Topics include: customer satisfaction, rewards and referral programs, and innovative low-cost approaches. During class, you will have the opportunity to brainstorm new ideas with other participants. Instructor: Robin Altman, President, The Altman Group, Inc. BI 731 The Fine Art of Networking 2 sessions; $75 001, W/Th; December 4 & 5, 2013 Hours: 6:30 8:30 p.m. Networking is a life skill that will help you advance in your career, business, profession and industry. Explore the why, where and how-to of networking. Create your own 30-second elevator speech and learn when and how to use it effectively. Learn to prepare for a networking event and follow-up afterwards to make the experience worthwhile. A primary business activity for anyone who is responsible for producing revenue, networking is a skill worth developing. Instructor: Robin Altman, President, The Altman Group, Inc. BI 516 Marketing 2 sessions; $95 001, M/W; December 9 & 11, 2013 Hours: 6:30 9:30 p.m. This workshop shows you how to define the markets where your products or services will be most successful, develop an action plan, and reach your target market(s). Topics include: identifying and selecting marketing tools and techniques, developing logos, determining advertising budget, and selecting appropriate printed materials. Instructor: Robin Altman, President, The Altman Group, Inc. Instructor Bio: Ms. Altman has a passion for marketing with over 25 years in the field. She has worked with Fortune 100 companies, small, medium-sized businesses and solopreneurs creating, implementing and managing national marketing programs. She is also a marketing instructor and coach for new and experienced business owners. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 14

BUSINESS & INDUSTRY Additional Business Courses BI 746 Exit Briefing Exit Planning for Closely Held Business 1 session; $75 001, Tue; October 1, 2013 Hours: 7:00-8:30 p.m. Exit Planning is the holistic approach to designing an exit strategy for your Business Owner so he or she will receive maximum value for their life s work. There are many tools available to help individuals get into business, but few that help them get out. The Seven Step Exit Planning Process is a customized comprehensive approach to designing and implementing a business owner s successful exit from his or her business. Exit Planning uses an owner s unique personal objectives to convert his or her current reality into the desired outcome. The Exit Planning process helps maximize the financial return, minimize tax liability, plan for contingencies, and increase the likelihood of a successful transfer of the business. Instructor: Louis Tucci NEW BI 752 Improving Your Business Writing Skills-Tips and Techniques 5 sessions; $150 001, Mon; October 7 November 4, 2013 Upon completion of this workshop, attendees will be able to: plan, organize and prepare effective business correspondence, e-mails, memos and reports targeted to internal and external readers; apply grammar, spelling and syntax rules to document preparation to ensure clarity and consistency; address special business communications situations such as praise, instruction, discipline and change. Instructor: Wilma Hurwitz NEW BI 751 Product Development Strategies That Win 2 sessions; $109 001, Tue; October 8, 15, 2013 Hours: 7:00-9:00 p.m. Development of new products often fails because the developer is not able to match their products with the real needs of the marketplace. This program will provide tools and strategies to make product development more effective by combining good business sense with technology development that results in products that meet customer and developer needs. There is a need to first understand the customer and then provide products that provide superior value. This program will provide a number of best practice strategies that help developers combine good business sense with technology development. Instructor: Robert Goldberg NEW BI 750 Business Proposals That Win 2 sessions; $109 001, Tue; October 22, 29, 2013 Hours: 7:00-9:00 p.m. Many companies and individuals have the ability to produce great products and services but lack the skills to win competitive proposals. Organizations that are able to develop the strategy and discipline to write winning proposals will be much more successful. A disciplined and logical approach will not only raise the probability of wins but will save countless dollars in producing winning proposals with much less stress on the participants. A process and strategy is needed to make for a winning solution. Instructor: Robert Goldberg NEW BI 753 Negotiating Mutually Successful Outcomes 1 session; $85 001, Wed; October 9, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Most of us negotiate every day, both in business and personal interactions in a variety of ways. Whether negotiating with suppliers, clients, or colleagues, negotiation skills are important in today s complex and often difficult and competitive environment. All of these negotiations involve 2 critical factors: the outcome and the relationship that exists between the negotiators. In an increasingly fast-paced and competitive marketplace, we need to optimize both the outcome and the relationship. This course will help you refine your personal communication skills and implement negotiating strategies and will also help you deal with difficult situations or people. Some people enjoy the process; many don t. The good news is that negotiating is a skill that can be learned, fine-tuned and even mastered. Negotiation isn t about winning or losing. It s about achieving mutually beneficial and acceptable solutions. Instructor: Linda Trignano BI 754 Personal Branding - How to Speak About Yourself so Others Listen 1 session; $85 001, Wed; November 6, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. In today s fast-paced business world, speaking so that others listen is a critical step in the success of your career. Everything from your success in selling to your interpersonal day-to-day interactions with your peers, come into play each time you speak. Your personal brand is as unique as you are and having a compelling and exciting way to convey it is an essential tool in today s business world that should be designed to open doors for you. Your personal brand, your elevator speech and how others view you are all important elements in catching the eyes and ears of managers, peers and prospective business associates. In this workshop we ll focus on speaking with clarity to capture the essence of you and your career. When you speak about yourself do others listen? Instructor: Linda Trignano Instructor Bio: Linda Trignano, Founder of Trignano Consulting, LLC has a diverse blend of corporate and entrepreneurial experience with broad expertise in career coaching, human resources, communications, sales and business development. She has over 25 years experience in providing coaching and consulting to managers and teams for improved communications and increased productivity. She has extensive hands-on training, coaching and mentoring experience. Her experience includes work within industries such as telecommunications, pharmaceutical/healthcare, finance, non-profit, municipal, and small business owners. BI 749 Doodling: The Art of Re- Invention through Creativity 1 session; $85 001, Tue; November 5, 2013 Hours: 7:00-9:00 p.m. Location: TBD Cultural and business changes have risen since the economic downturn beginning in 2008; organizations are seeking to reinvent themselves by changing or adjusting their business model. Many people in our culture are seeking new ways to express themselves. Thought leaders and trendsetters feel that the recipe to adjusting and succeeding in this new culture lies in connecting with the creativity that dwells within us all. Doodle artist John Rosica will work with you to explore, identify and release your creative potential through this burgeoning field of doodling. The art of doodling will be discussed and interpreted by Dr. Steven Roth, who will help to build on self-understanding and exploration of the creative nature; expanding on the cognitive abilities of doodling. Each aforementioned aspect will finish with a sample discussion of the 21st century s increasing need to reinvent oneself to remain competitive in an ever-changing, ever-unstable economic and psychosocial landscape.instructors: John Rosica and Dr. Steven Roth Instructor Bios: John Rosica has embarked on his third career as Doodle artist and encourages all to doodle and connect with their creativity within. Dr. Steven Roth has spent the last 25 years helping people unlock their potential. Little did he ever dream that our oldest form of communication would accomplish just that. Doodles are the cave paintings of the 21st century! BI 745 Business Killers 1 session; $85 001, Tue; November 12, 2013 Hours: 7:00-9:00 p.m. We never plan to make mistakes. As business owners, we re focused on running our business. Every day brings new challenges, opportunities and decisions. But, there are six mistakes that consistently cause business to fail. And, we need to know what they are and how to avoid them. Business Killers is all about protecting your business. Avoiding the six all too common mistakes, which can destroy your business and consequently affect the financial wellbeing of you and your family. The good news is that in return for your time and attention, you will leave the workshop with an accurate snapshot of how well (or not so well) your business is protected from these six mistakes. Instructor: Louis Tucci To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 15

BUSINESS & INDUSTRY BI 748 Value Driver Analysis for Business Owners 1 session; $75 001, Tue; December 3, 2013 Hours: 7:00-8:30 p.m. Job one for almost every owner today is to create more business value, more cash flow. The value of your business will determine not only the quality of your life once you leave your company, but how long you will have to stay in the business before you can leave. The simple, but unpleasant fact is that growing business value takes years of concentrated effort. Working to grow value-well before the time you need itis what this seminar is all about. Instructor: Louis Tucci The Mahwah site specializes in Criminal Justice and is located at the County Law and Public Safety Institute on Campgaw Mountain. The College s degree programs complement Bergen County s training activities, which are also offered at Mahwah. Courses available at Mahwah include Introduction to Criminal Justice, Police Administration, and Juvenile Justice. For more information, please contact David Kramer, Academic Department Chair of the Public Service Department at (201) 493-3503 Certificate in Social Media for Business Master the fundamentals of adding social media to your business s marketing mix. Using a combination of instruction time and computer lab time, you work with live social networks. Learn how to use social networks, conduct research and communicate with prospects and customers for your business. Upon completion, you will have a thorough background in industry s best practices and practical hands-on experience in setting up the social media presence for your business. Each course builds upon knowledge gained in the other courses of the program, but courses may be taken individually. Throughout this program we endeavor to demonstrate how to work with social media to benefit your business. If you are not currently involved in social media for a business, either choose a company or create a fictitious one. This will serve as a real-world focus for your social media efforts during the courses. Students must complete all 5 courses to earn the certificate. Classes may also be taken individually on a noncertificate basis. Total Hours: 54 Total Cost: $1,130 Location: CLC-215 BI 721 Introduction to Social Media for Business 3 sessions; $190 001, T/Th; September 12, 17, 19, 2013 Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, YouTube, Flickr, MySpace, Blogging, Wiki s and more! It s time for your business to conquer the world of social media. Which social networks are right for your business, which are wrong, and why? Discover how to get started and where to find reliable resources for information and help. Identify how, when and why you should hire someone to help you with your social media efforts and when you should keep it internal. You will examine case studies of social media in many different industries covering both successes and failures. Upon completion of this course, you will recognize the main social networks and how to use them in business, how best to position your business, and what you can expect to achieve with social media. BI 722 Social Networking Strategy for Business 4 sessions; $250 001, T/Th; Sept. 24, 26, Oct. 1, 3, 2013 This course concentrates on the internal issues a company faces when starting in social media. You will learn how to plan a social marketing program for your business. Topics to be explored include: drafting your organization s social media policy; implementing social media s best practices; adding social marketing to your existing marketing strategy; and tactics for connecting with and using influencers in social media to help spread your message. Examine case studies of social media campaigns using Facebook, Twitter, YouTube and other social services and determine what works and doesn t work and how to apply it to your business. Upon completion of this course, you will have a social media policy document and a social media marketing plan for your business. BI 723 Implementing Social Media in Business 6 sessions; $370 001, T/Th; Oct. 8, 10, 15, 17, 22, 24, 2013 Roll up your sleeves and get down to work. You will build social media profiles on major social networks like Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and YouTube. You will measure and monitor your social media activity, your progress and effectiveness, and compare yourself to your competition. Learn to calculate your Return On Investment (ROI) in social media, plan social marketing campaigns & programs, and practice using social customer relationship management (CRM) principals. You will learn to navigate the tricky privacy issues successfully and how to avoid the creepiness factor. A major portion of this class will be lab work on computers and live social networks. Upon completion of this course, you will be able to create social media profiles on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and YouTube. BI 724 Social Networks & Blogging for Business 3 sessions; $190 001, T/Th; Oct. 29, 31, Nov. 5, 2013 Will blogging help your business to succeed in social media? Learn how to select a blogging platform and technology. You will examine many popular blog add-on s to customize your blog for your needs. You will study how to cope with comments, both positive and negative, and which comments you should delete, if any. Identify the most effective blogging techniques for business, and discover where to find story ideas and how to turn them into brilliant blog posts. Upon completion of this course, you will understand best practices for producing a successful business blog and have hands on experience in creating one. BI 725 Location-based Services & Mobile for Business 2 sessions; $130 001, T/Th; November 7, 12, 2013 How can mobile phones and location based services help promote your business? Location Based Services (LBS) are the next hot area for growth in advertising. Review current LBS offerings their capabilities and limitations. Examine how to add mobile marketing and LBS to your existing marketing plan. You will learn current industry best practices for Location Based Marketing. You will examine case studies of large and small businesses using LBS to effectively increase sales and awareness. Review issues of privacy, stalking, and the creepiness factor as it applies to LBS and your business. Upon completion of this course, you will understand the capabilities of LBS and how to integrate them into your marketing plans to promote your business. Students are strongly encouraged to bring a smart phone (iphone, Android or other) to class for hands-on demonstrations, as many services require smart phones to work. NEW Certificate in Social Media for Business (Online) NEW OL 370 Introduction to Social Media for Business $250 001, September 3 22, 2013 Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, YouTube, Flickr, MySpace, Blogging, Wiki s and more! It s time for your business to conquer the world of social media. Which social networks are right for your business, which are wrong, and why? Discover how to get started and where to find reliable resources for information and help. Identify how, when and why you should hire someone to help you with your social media efforts and when you should keep it internal. You will examine case studies of social media in many different industries covering both successes and failures. Upon completion of this course, you will recognize the main social networks and how to use them in business, how best to position your business, and what you can expect to achieve with social media. Instructor: Annette D. Rakowski NEW OL 371 Social Networking Strategy for Business $370 001, September 23 October 20, 2013 This course concentrates on the internal issues a company faces when starting in social media. You will learn how to plan a social marketing program for your business. Topics to be explored include: drafting your organization s social media policy; implementing social media s best practices; adding social marketing to your existing marketing strategy; and tactics for connecting with and using influencers in social media to help spread your message. Examine case studies of social media campaigns using Facebook, Twitter, YouTube and other social services and determine what works and doesn t work and how to apply it to your business. Upon completion of this course, you will have a social media policy document and a social media marketing plan for your business. Instructor: Annette D. Rakowski To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 16

BUSINESS & INDUSTRY NEW OL 372 Implementing Social Media in Business $299 001, October 21 November 24, 2013 Roll up your sleeves and get down to work. You will build social media profiles on major social networks like Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and YouTube. You will measure and monitor your social media activity, your progress and effectiveness, and compare yourself to your competition. Learn to calculate your Return On Investment (ROI) in social media, plan social marketing campaigns & programs, and practice using social customer relationship management (CRM) principals. You will learn to navigate the tricky privacy issues successfully and how to avoid the creepiness factor. A major portion of this class will be lab work on computers and live social networks. Upon completion of this course, you will be able to create social media profiles on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and YouTube. THE CENTER FOR PROFESSIONAL SALES Certificate in Professional Sales The Center for Professional Sales will empower companies and individuals to develop vital sales & sales management skills. These prestigious programs will help prepare you for success in a competitive selling environment. Our rigorous programs will encompass years of successful sales experience and education into innovative and accelerated sessions. CD 021 Certificate in Professional Sales 7 sessions; $905 001, Tue; Sep. 17 Oct. 29, 2013 Hours: 7:00 10:00 p.m. The Certificate in Professional Sales training program is designed for individuals who want to enter a growing market place. Companies are hiring well trained sales leaders to increase market share, and are looking for engaging individuals who have dynamic sales skills. Our industry professional will educate you on the art of salesmanship, sales forecasting, setting appointments, making engaging presentations, creating market plans, getting referrals, and most importantly closing the deal! Our Certificate in Professional Sales is the key to your successful sales career. Instructor: Joseph Avila Certificate in Sales Management A sales manager does not do it. He or she sees that it is done. The sales manager is responsible for the growth of a company due to the fact that nothing happens until someone sells something. It is a leadership role that requires all the skills of a business executive. This program, led by an experienced sales executive, covers the essential skills required including planning, recruiting, measuring, financial savvy, motivating, training, internal support, employee releasing and keeping your own job. To earn the Certificate, all 7 courses must be completed. Total Hours: 21 hours Total Cost: $1,155 Hours: 7:00-10:00 p.m. BI 733 Developing a Sales Reporting System 1 session; $165 001, Wed; September 18, 2013 A sales reporting system must only deal with relevant issues that are expected, measurable and discussed. Sales people resent it unless it provides them with resources to succeed in their jobs. However, management must know sales expectations in order to prepare to deliver on them. Instructor: Mona Demo BI 734 Developing Sales Talent & Compensation Plans 1 session; $165 001, Wed; September 25, 2013 Finding good salespeople is like mining for gold. Each new one can make you a fortune and each mistake can cost you more. Learn about where to look, deciphering resumes, interviewing, background checks and legal issues. Basic objective of a compensation plan is to achieve more sales and profits. How it is done will drive the sales force as well as keep expenses in line. Instructor: Mona Demo BI 735 Motivating the Sales Force 1 session; $165 001, Wed; October 2, 2013 Financial compensation is only part of what motivates a sales force. Learn 18 things other than money that motivate people to perform better. Instructor: Mona Demo BI 736 Surviving Your Managerial Assignment 1 session; $165 001, Wed; October 9, 2013 Why were you promoted? Ten Major Responsibilities of a Sales Manager and 12 Common Mistakes of a New Manager and training for a Sales Manager. Learn six Tips on Working with Senior Management. Selling internally is equally important as external sales. Instructor: Mona Demo BI 737 Sales Meetings & Performance Issues 1 session; $165 001, Wed; October 16, 2013 Sales Meetings must have a purpose and be well planned and on time. Provide information, different speakers, ample opportunity for salespeople to speak and get results. Sales achievement measured against quota should tell the story but it doesn t really. Finding out soon and why, then doing something about it is your major objective. Instructor: Mona Demo BI 738 Establishing Ethics in the Sales Force 1 session; $165 001, Wed; October 23, 2013 Selling is about establishing trust, and trust is established by behaving in an ethical manner. Developing it is necessary up and down the management chain. Develop a written ethical standard for your sales people to follow. It makes your job easier and is good sales practice. Instructor: Mona Demo BI 739 Effective Use of Advertising 1 session; $165 001, Wed; October 30, 2013 Managing an ad budget and making the most of it is an excellent way for an area field manager to learn how advertising works. Many advertising vehicles will be discussed. There is no single best choice. It will be an introduction to marketing Instructor: Mona Demo Instructor Bio: Mona Demo is a sales professional with over 35 years of direct and indirect sales experience. Companies include: Motorola, MCI/WCOM, ez View systems, Real Estate. She has proven success in building indirect distribution channels sales management and sales training techniques. Certificate in Project Management The Certificate in Project Management enables individuals to leverage their knowledge and experience to become effective project managers. This certificate is essential for anyone overseeing projects in today s professional environment. Gain skills to successfully lead and direct projects. A Certificate in Project Management will provide you with a competitive advantage in today s job market. Students will learn to apply strategies to effectively manage multifaceted projects. Students will develop competencies in leading and directing project teams and to facilitate productive relationships between project teams and customers. To earn a certificate, students must complete all 6 core courses and demonstrate proficiency in each of the 6 courses core learning objectives. Electives may be taken to further enrich the student s understanding of specific project management skills. Selected core courses and electives are available each semester. Required Text (to be used in all core courses): Project Management: Achieving Competitive Advantage by Jeffrey K. Pinto. Available at the BCC Bookstore. 6 Core Courses CD 563 Introduction to Project Management. This first course is mandatory. Prerequisite for the following courses is CD 563 CD 571 Project Charter, Scope and Success Criteria CD 564 Budgeting and Scheduling CD 565 Risk Assessment Prerequisites for the following courses are CD 571, CD 564 & CD 565 CD 566 Leadership for the Project Manager CD 567 Personnel Management, Team Building and the Project Team 3 Elective Courses Prerequisites for the following courses are CD 571, CD 564 & CD 565 CD 568 IT/IS Systems Project Management CD 569 Microsoft Office Project Prerequisites for this capstone course are all 8 courses above. CD 570 Project Management Certification Exam Preparation To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 17

BUSINESS & INDUSTRY CD 563 Introduction to Project Management 9 hours; 3 sessions; $405 001, Tue; Sept. 17, 24, Oct. 1, 2013 Hours: 7:00 9:30 p.m. Students will review fundamental management principles, building skills foundational to project management. The course will integrate theories and methodologies of management, using case studies to demonstrate the application of these concepts in project management. This course is a Prerequisite for all of the following Project Management courses. Instructor: Jack Reilly, PMP CD 565 Risk Assessment 12 hours; 4 sessions; $605 001, Th; Sept. 12, 19, 26, Oct. 3, 2013 Hours: 6:30 9:30 p.m. This course is designed to equip managers to address change and minimize risk in the face of unpredictable circumstances. Students will learn to identify risk, diagnose the impact of change, and implement appropriate project management strategies. Instructor: JoAnn Mitchell, PMP CD 571 Project Charter, Scope and Success Criteria 12 hours; 4 sessions; $605 001, Th; October 10, 17, 24, 31, 2013 Hours: 7:00-10:00 p.m. This course examines how projects are authorized with a charter, and further defined with a scope statement, success criteria and work breakdown structure. Students will learn how a charter formally authorizes a project, how scope is defined, how success criteria are established and how the project work breakdown structure is developed. Change control will also be discussed. Instructor: Jack Reilly, PMP CD 567 Personnel Management, Team Building and the Project Team 12 hours; 4 sessions; $605 001, Tue; October 8, 15, 22, 29, 2013 Hours: 7:00-10:00 p.m. Learn to develop individual personnel into a cohesive project team through team-building exercises. Acquire techniques for identifying and enhancing the individual strengths of personnel, and bring difficult team members to unified focal points. Instructor: Jack Reilly, PMP To regster, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged CD 564 Budgeting and Scheduling 12 hours; 4 sessions; $605 001, Th; Nov. 7, 14, 21, Dec. 5, 2013 Hours: 7:00-10:00 p.m. Time and money are the two most essential resources in any project. Learn competitive quality standards of budgeting. Study theories, techniques and tools for successful scheduling while maintaining quality standards. Instructor: Jack Reilly, PMP CD 566 Leadership for the Project Manager 9 hours; 3 sessions; $405 001, Tue; November 5, 12, 19, 2013 Hours: 7:00 10:00 p.m. Leadership is key to successful project management. Examine critical leadership issues, including the difference between leadership and management, and the organizational dynamics affecting project management. Learn to formulate decision-making strategies crucial to effective project management. Instructor: Jack Reilly, PMP Elective Courses These courses may be taken in addition to the core courses of the certificate program. Additional hours of instruction will be reflected on the final certificate of students who complete one or more electives. Electives are not required in order to receive a certificate. CD 569 Microsoft Office Project 4 sessions; $805 001, Wed; Oct. 30, Nov. 6, 13, 20, 2013 Hours: 7:00-10:00 p.m. Through this course, students will gain hands on experience using Microsoft Office Project as a tool for planning and implementing projects along with tracking and analyzing important data. Students will learn to use templates, import and export files, create Gantt charts, tables, baselines, and timelines. This elective is highly recommended for any student in the certificate program who is not proficient in Microsoft Office Project software. Instructor: Joshua Rutta CD 570 Project Management Certification Exam Preparation 5 sessions; $805 001, Mon; Nov. 18-Dec. 16, 2013 Hours: 7:00-10:00 p.m. Project managers with a globallyrecognized project management credential gain a competitive edge in a challenging workforce. Students are encouraged to visit the Project Management Institute web page for further information on requirements for achieving a Project Management Professional (PMP) certification. Instructor: Jack Reilly, PMP CD 568 IT/IS Systems Project Management 4 sessions; $805 001, Tue; Nov. 26-Dec. 17, 2013 Hours: 7:00-10:00 p.m. Students will learn how to implement project management methodologies within an information technology and information systems setting. Instructor: Jack Reilly, PMP Certificate in Entrepreneurship Maximize sales and profitability. Position your business in a highly competitive market. Guarantee successful returns. This program is brought to you by the New Jersey Small Business Development Centers (NJSBDC) and the Division of Continuing Education. Together we are committed to the growth of small business. CEU s available upon completion of the program. Learn the following: Planning skills to begin, expand, or improve your business Management skills to organize business finances, records and tax reporting Tools to evaluate the market for your products and services Marketing strategies that ensure you successfully reach your clients Who should attend? Small or mid-size business owners Managers seeking to expand a successful business or improve profitability Prospective entrepreneurs (start-ups) Individuals contemplating starting their own business To earn a certificate you must complete the following seven courses: BI 519 The Business Plan BI 550 Understanding Financial Statements BI 515 Start-up specifics BI 517 Small Business Record Keeping BI 520 Contracts BI 521 Small Business Taxes BI 516 Marketing You may register for individual courses on a non-certificate basis. All courses are held on the Paramus campus. BI 515 Start-up specifics 1 session; $65 001, Mon; October 28, 2013 Location: Paramus Campus This workshop will give you basic knowledge of the laws affecting business. Business owners will learn how to choose the appropriate business structure, assess business risks, provide adequate protection and establish proper record keeping and controls. Instructor: Stephen J. O Connor BI 519 The Business Plan 3 sessions; $135 001, M/W; October 16, 21, 23, 2013 Location: Paramus Campus Business plans are a necessary tool for every phase of business operations, from start-up to expansion. Using a business plan to chart your course will improve your chances for success. This workshop will give you the basis for a sound business plan. Instructor: Stephen J. O Connor BI 550 Understanding Financial Statements 1 session; $65 001, Wed; October 30, 2013 Learn to enhance and clarify your bottom line. Topics include: spreadsheets, understanding revenue and expense, structure and relationships, meaningful forecasts and projections, balance sheets, and more. Instructor: Stephen J. O Connor BI 517 Small Business Record Keeping 2 sessions; $95 001, M/W; November 4, 6, 2013 Location: Paramus Campus Learn how to do your own bookkeeping and use your records as a management tool. Key topics include: General ledger, balance sheet, understanding inventory control, cash flow management, tax planning, end of month summary procedures, accounts payable, accounts receivable, cash receipts, cash disbursements, profit and loss controls, and more. Instructor: Stephen J. O Connor BI 520 Contracts 1 session; $65 001, Mon; November 11, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Location: Paramus Campus This course will provide a basic understanding of contract law, legal ownership of a business, stock and partnership agreements. Instructor: Geraldine Reed Brown To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 18

BUSINESS & INDUSTRY BI 516 Marketing 2 sessions; $95 001, M/W; December 9 & 11, 2013 Location: Paramus Campus This workshop shows you how to define the markets where your services or products will be most successful, develop an action plan, and reach your target market. Topics include: identifying and selecting marketing tools and techniques, developing logos, determining an advertising budget, and selecting appropriate printed materials. Instructor: Robin Altman BI 521 Small Business Taxes 1 session; $65 001, Mon; November 25, 2013 Location: Paramus Campus Learn the differences between local, state and federal taxes and what you need to know concerning employment, social security and sales taxes as well as the impact on your business structure. Instructor: Stephen J. O Connor The New Jersey Small Business Development Centers (SBDC) network is partially funded by the U.S. Small Business Administration, the New Jersey Commerce and Economic Growth Commission and host institutions. SBA s funding is not an endorsement of any products, opinions, or services. All SBA funded programs are extended to the public on a nondiscriminatory basis. Reasonable accommodations for persons with disabilities will be made, if requested at least two weeks in advance by contacting Vincent D Elia, Regional Director, Bergen SBDC, (201) 489-8670. NRF Foundation Sales and Service Learning Program This comprehensive program prepares students for entry-level retail sales and customer service-related positions, using curriculum from the National Retail Federation (NRF) Foundation, one of the most respected professional associations in the retail sales arena. Upon completion of this program, students will be prepared to successfully complete National Certification Assessments in both Sales and Customer Service, gaining nationallyrecognized credentials that will give them a competitive edge in an uncertain job market. Students will build critical functional literacy skills in math, verbal ability, active listening, writing, and workplace readiness. Prerequisite: Math and English literacy at 6th grade level. Upon completion of the NRF Foundation Sales and Service Learning Program, students will be able to do the following: Demonstrate customer service and sales techniques at a sufficient level to successfully complete National Certification Assessments Know the importance of recognizing the features of what they are selling Know where to look to learn about product features Explain why it is important to match the products to the customer Detail customer benefits in terms of product features Explain how to help customers make an informed choice Recognize when a customer is ready to make a purchase Suggest additional purchases Demonstrate commitment to ongoing learning and career development Classes will be offered at the Paramus campus of Bergen Community College. Students who complete all 120 hours of training will be able to take the Sales and Customer Service Professional Certification Assessment. CD 561 NRF Foundation Sales and Service Learning Program Paramus 20 sessions; 120 hours; $749 001, Wed; Sept.11-Nov. 13, 2013 Hours: 6:00 p.m. 9:00 p.m. Sat; September 14-November 16, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m. 4:00 p.m. Location: Paramus Campus, TBA Instructor: TBA PREPARE FOR SUPER BOWL 2014 Local Businesses: Extend a Warm Welcome! BCC, in partnership with the Meadowlands Regional Chamber of Commerce, is offering EXCELLENCE IN VISITOR EXPERIENCE training to help businesses and their employees ensure an unforgettable time for NJ s Super Bowl XLVIII visitors. Join us for this comprehensive course designed for the retail, tourism, hospitality, sports and leisure industries. For more information, or to register for training, contact us at WarmWelcome@bergen.edu, or call 201-447-7466. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 19

COMPUTER TRAINING COMPUTER TRAINING PROGRAM Continuing Education bridges the digital divide by extending opportunities for training and lifelong learning to all members of the community. Computer training in the Division of Continuing Education is designed to teach computer skills to the adult learner. It is composed primarily of certificate programs and six-hour, one-subject classes. Certificate programs consist of multiple courses aimed at providing proficiency in the subject area. Single application classes provide intensive, corporate-style training aimed at introducing selected topics to participants. COMPUTER TRAINING Prerequisites: To select the appropriate course, read the course descriptions and check the prerequisites, if any. If you already know the topics listed, go on to the next level course. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged OUR COMPUTER TRAINING LOCATIONS E-112 Bergen Community College, 400 Paramus Road, Paramus Ender Hall Building, Park in Lot E or F. S-343 Bergen Community College, 400 Paramus Road, Paramus Main Building, Park in Lot B. TEC-104 & 204 Bergen Community College, 400 Paramus Road, Paramus Technology Education Center, Park in Lot B. CLC-235 & 215 Ciarco Learning Center, 355 Main Street, Hackensack, NJ Enter parking lot from Passaic or Berry Street. CERTIFICATES FOR COMPUTER TRAINING A Certificate of Completion from the Division of Continuing Education is given to each student who attends a minimum of 80 percent of the classes and successfully completes the assignments of any particular Certificate Program. Any course may be taken individually, if the prerequisite is met. Certificates are issued for computer courses entitled Certificate Program. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT FOR TEACHERS Bergen Community College s Division of Continuing Education offers a variety of programs designed to foster the development of teachers, keeping them up-to-date with current curriculum standards as mandated by the New Jersey Department of Education. Teachers are free to select any computer courses that align with the NJ Core Curriculum Standards. When you attend a course, give the instructor your name and mailing address with your request for a letter. CPE UNITS FOR ACCOUNTANTS Computer training courses are approved for Continuing Professional Education (CPE) units and a Letter of Completion. When you register, indicate that you are an accountant and will need the CPE Letter. The ratio is one unit for every 50 minutes, not counting lunch and breaks. For a fraction of an hour, it is rounded down. Bergen Community College s Division of Continuing Education is registered with the Division of Consumer Affairs, NJ State Board of Accountancy, Sponsor #20CE00062600. AIA/CES LEARNING UNITS FOR ARCHITECTS Bergen Community College is registered as a premier provider with the American Institute of Architects, Continuing Education System (AIA/CES), Provider # F162. The AutoCAD courses meet the AIA/CES criteria for Quality Level II, one learning unit per hour of instruction. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 20

COMPUTER TRAINING AutoCAD CC 407 AutoCAD 2014 - Level I 12 hours; $255 (12 AIA Learning Units) 001, Sat; Sept. 21, 28, Oct. 5, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-1:15 p.m. Location: TEC-104 Prepare two-dimensional drawing for architectural, mechanical, engineering and other design projects. Set up limits, scale, grids and snap. Practice methods of drawing lines, circles, arcs, and other geometry. Learn editing, layering, creating text and basic printing concepts. Includes free lab time, but no book. Instructor: Michael Lee CC 422 AutoCAD 2014 - Level II 12 hours; $255 (12 AIA Learning Units) 001, Sat; Oct. 12, 19 & 26, 2013 (Make-up date 11/2/13) Hours: 9:00 a.m.-1:15 p.m. Location: TEC-104 Learn advanced editing, text and block. Drawing exercises follow each topic. The fee includes free lab time, but no book. Prerequisite: AutoCAD Level I or equivalent experience. Instructor: Michael Lee CC 599 3D AutoCAD 2014 12 hours; 4 sessions; $245 (12 AIA Learning Units) 001, M/T/W/Th; Offered again in July 2014 Location: TEC-104 This course covers the basics of 3D modeling using solid modeling tools, UCS (User Coordinate System) control, display settings and rendering using AutoCAD. Prerequisite: AutoCAD 2011 - Level II, or equivalent user experience. This is not for beginner users. Instructor: Matt King Note: AutoCAD Architectural (CD 419) is offered in the Interior Design section. CC558 Revit Architecture - Essentials 12 hours; $335 (12 AIA Learning Units) 001, Sat; Nov. 9, 16 & 23, 2013 (Make-up date 12/7/13) Hours: 9:00 a.m. 1:15 p.m. Location: TEC-104 This course introduces the student to the concept of Building Information Modeling BIM - and the tools of parametric design and documentation. The course will use the latest version of AutoDesk REVIT Architecture to illustrate the essentials and tools. Topics include: parametric design concepts, modeling floors, walls, roofs, doors windows, elevations, stairs, and curtain wall. Prerequisite: Working knowledge of Microsoft Windows, CAD experience, and knowledge of architectural design, materials and construction methods, drafting or engineering practices is highly recommended. Instructor: Vincent Benanti CC559 Revit Architecture - Intermediate 12 hours; $335 (12 AIA Learning Units) To be offered in Spring 2014 This course continues with concept of Building Information Modeling (BIM) and the tools of parametric design and documentation from REVIT Architecture Essentials. The course will use the latest version of AutoDesk REVIT Architecture to illustrate advanced tools. Topics include: parametric design concepts, modeling building components, finishes, ceilings and soffits, lighting, interior and exterior rendering, schedules and takeoffs and sheet setup. Prerequisite: CC558 REVIT Essentials is required. CAD experience and knowledge of architectural design, materials and construction methods, drafting or engineering practices is highly recommended. Instructor: Vincent Benanti CISCO CCNA Certification Program Bergen Community College is a certified Cisco Networking Training Academy. Students prepare to earn the Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) Certification. Through the Cisco Networking Academy, students learn to design, build and maintain computer networks. Parts I through IV of the Academy Program, 280 hours of instruction, provide students with a basic foundation in networking. Training is sequential. Students must pass each module before moving to the next module. The course is taught using lecture, hands-on, and Internet-based content. Total program cost is $4,540 for Parts I, II, III and IV, including materials. Students may register and pay for one Part at a time. Prerequisite: Some experience with computers, and familiarity with Windows operating system, the keyboard, the mouse and software programs. Location: Ciarco Learning Center, 355 Main Street, Hackensack, at the corner of Passaic Street, in room 215. Our parking lot is behind our building. Instructor: Michael Yob. NA 430 CCNA, Part 1 18 sessions; 70 hours; $1,135 001, M/W; February 10-April 9, 2014 Hours: 6:00-10:00 p.m. Covers decision-making and problem solving techniques in applying science, mathematics, communication and social studies concepts to solve networking problems. NA 431 CCNA, Part 2 18 sessions; 70 hours; $1,135 001, M/W; April 21-June 23, 2014 (no class 5/26) Hours: 6:00-10:00 p.m. Covers routing and routing protocols, TCP/IP, IP addressing, and WANS. NA 432 CCNA, Part 3 18 sessions; 70 hours; $1,135 001, M/W; July 9-September 10, 2014 (no class 9/1) Hours: 6:00-10:00 p.m. Introduces Threaded Case Study (TCS), LAN switching and design, IGRP, TCS. NA 433 CCNA, Part 4 18 sessions; 70 hours; $1,135 001, M/W; September 17-November 19, 2014 (no class 9/24) Hours: 6:00-10:00 p.m. Reviews WANs and WAN design, PPP-TCS, ISDN, frame relay and review for CCNA exam. Certificate in Web Design To earn the Web Design Certificate, you must satisfactorily complete the following courses, using Adobe CS 6 software: CC 362 Creating Your Own Web Page 6 hours $165 CC 628 Professional HTML & CSS 21 hours $450 CC 451 Dreamweaver 21 hours $450 CC 455 PhotoShop for the Web 21 hours $450 CC 441 Flash 21 hours $450 90 hours $1,965 Courses may be taken individually if the prerequisite is met. A Certificate of Completion is given upon successful completion of each 21 hour course. A separate Certificate is given when all 5 courses are successfully completed. Location: S-343 Instructor: Kahlil Haynes To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 21

COMPUTER TRAINING CC 362 Creating Your Own Web Page 6 hours; $165 001, Sat; September 7, 2013 Hours: 9:30 a.m.-4:30 p.m. 002, M/W; September 9 & 11, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. The modern web page is one of the most successful forms of communication in human history. If you want to create your presence on the Internet or want to develop the skills that allow you to monetize the web, it all starts with the basic web page. In this introductory course, you will learn what elements and technologies comprise an effective web page by building a basic web page together in class. We will also have in-depth open discussions aimed at getting your web development questions answered. Prerequisite: CC 511 Intro to the PC & Windows, or equivalent experience. NEW CC 628 Professional HTML & CSS (including HTML5 and CSS3) 21 hours; $450 (includes book) 001, Sat; Sept. 21, 28, Oct. 5 & 12, 2013 Hours: 9:30 a.m.-3:30 p.m. In this beginner level course, students learn the modern coding techniques used to build today s web sites. Using a hands-on approach, we will begin by discussing the requirements for a successful web site built from both the development and stake holder perspective. We will then apply those ideas to a web site we build together in class. Learn when and how to use the core web technologies used in professional web development including: XHTML, HTML5 and CSS (including an introduction to CSS3). Ancillary subjects include: standards compliance, page layouts, basic search engine optimization and web design techniques. Prerequisite: CC 511 Intro to the PC & Windows and CC 362 Creating Your Own Web Page, or equivalent experience. CC 451 Dreamweaver 21 hours; $450 (includes book) 001, Sat; Oct. 19, 26, Nov. 2 & 9, 2013 (Make-up date 11/16) Hours: 9:30 a.m.-3:30 p.m. In this introduction to Dreamweaver, learn to create, maintain and edit a multi-page Web site. Build common multi-column web site layouts using HTML, create hyperlinks, implement navigation bars; work with tables, build web forms, format and implement Cascading Style Sheets (CSS), create forms, and add images and other media. Prerequisite: CC 511 Intro to the PC & Windows and CC 362 Creating Your Own Web Page, or equivalent experience. CC 455 PhotoShop for Web 21 hours; $450 (includes book) 001, T/Th; Nov. 19, 21, 26, Dec. 3, 5, 10 & 12, 2013 (no class 11/28) (Make-up date 12/17) Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. In this introductory Adobe Photoshop course, create interactive graphics for the Web. Format, repair and enhance photographs for the Web. Learn to create: custom web logos, effective online advertisements, User Interface graphics, and web page design layouts. Learn to build creative compositions and basic animations as.gif files. Prerequisite: CC511 Intro to the PC & Windows. CC 441 Flash 21 hours; $450 (includes book) 001, T/Th; Jan. 28, 30, Feb. 4, 6, 11, 13 & 18, 2014 (Make-up date 2/20) Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. This introduction to Flash enables you to build multimedia and interactive animation content for the Web. Topics include: drawing tools, advanced animation techniques, working with media files, introduction to ActionScript, techniques for streaming and optimizing Flash content, and publishing Flash content. Prerequisite: CC 511 Intro to the PC & Windows and CC 362 Creating Your Own Web Page, or equivalent experience. NEW CC 627 The New Webmaster: Step by Step 6 hours; $165 001, T/Th.; October 22 & 24, 2013 (Make-up date Fri., 10/25) Hours: 2:00-5:00 p.m. This entry level course covers the techniques and technologies necessary for mastering the back end infrastructure required to deliver web site content and functionality to end users. It includes the following topics: researching acquiring domain names, finding and setting up a hosting server, understanding server control panels, the basics of mail server technology and setting up email accounts, and preparing and accessing databases through your hosting account. We discuss other server software available to your web site, including content management systems and productivity software such as WordPress. Prerequisite: CC511 Intro to the PC & Windows, or equivalent experience. Certificate in Interactive Graphic Design Take work from concept to print using today s technology. This Interactive Graphic Design Certificate Program covers the essentials of the key applications needed to work in Graphic Design or Prepress Production. Each application has a unique function: InDesign for page layout, Photoshop for manipulation of images, and Illustrator for creating logos and illustrations. Whether you work for an agency or your own business, technical skills need to be combined with practical knowhow. Learn to output your work not only to print, but to the Web, to.pdf files, and to the new.epub format for digital readers and screen based displays. To receive the Interactive Graphic Design Certificate, the following three courses are required. We are using Adobe CS 6 software: CC596 Photoshop for Print & Interactivity 18 hours $395 CC597 Illustrator for Print & Interactivity 18 hours $395 CC598 InDesign for Page Layout & Interactive Design 18 hours $395 54 hours $1,185 Courses may be taken individually. A Certificate of Completion is given upon successful completion of each course. Prerequisite: Basic computer skills and knowledge of MS Windows or Mac OS9. Although PC s are used in the classroom, Adobe software is consistent cross-platform. If you use a Mac, you may attend these classes with no problem. Location: S-343 Instructor: Kahlil Haynes CC 596 PhotoShop for Print & Interactivity 18 hours; $395 (includes book) 001, T/Th; Sept. 10, 12, 17, 19, 24 & 26, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Learn to use this powerful image editing program to create and manipulate photography for print and screen. Topics include: understanding file dimensions, color space, and resolution, basic color correction and retouching, text tools, layers, selection tools, masking and preparing files for both print and screen based display. The main difference between this 18 hour course and the 21 hour PhotoShop for Web course is that this one does not cover common web graphics like buttons, user interface elements, backgrounds, and web layouts. CC597 Illustrator for Print & Interactivity 18 hours; $395 (includes book) 001, T/Th; Oct. 1, 3, 8, 10, 15 & 17, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Learn to use this digital illustration program to create vector artwork for print, web and interactive projects. Topics include: using the basic drawing tools, working with color, gradients and patterns, using brushes and swatches, creating informational graphics like charts and graphs, branding and logos, creating user interface graphics, and saving and exporting your artwork for print or web. Extend your skills beyond print output and learn to export your graphics for screen based display. CC598 InDesign for Page Layout & Interactive Design 18 hours; $395 (includes book) 001, T/Th; Oct. 22, 24, 29, Nov. 5 & 7, 2013 (Make-up date 11/12) Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Learn to use this industry standard page layout program to design and create documents for print and modern media output. Create documents using both created and imported text, imported graphics in various formats, professional layout techniques, robust type tools, colors and saved styles. Along with saving and exporting business cards, flyers and advertisements as print jobs, learn to save and export as interactive PDF files with mouse actions and transitions. Learn to output layouts to a web page or in the new.epub format used by digital book readers like the Amazon Kindle. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 22

COMPUTER TRAINING NEW Certificate in Advanced Flash NEW CC 622 Advanced Adobe Flash CS6 Build Mobile Apps for Fun & Profit 18 hours; 6 sessions; $395 (includes book) 001, T/Th; Nov. 19, 21, 26, Dec 3, 5 & 10, 2013 (no class 11/28) (Make-up date 12/10) Hours: 2:00-5:00 p.m. With over a billion downloads, the mobile app economy is stronger than ever. Learn the techniques required for building and deploying mobile apps for both the Apple ios mobile operating system, (ipod, iphone and ipad), and the Google Android platform using Adobe Flash technology. Use Adobe s AIR application platform and ActionScript 3, the powerful and flexible Flash programming language, to create fully functional robust applications. Topics include: using the Flash authoring tool, creating and animating graphics, loading dynamic data, discovering the Adobe AIR application programming interface, building user interfaces, loading external resources, responding to user input, storing data, connecting to the network and more. Learn how to distribute your application on the Apple app store and the Google Play store. Prerequisite: CC 441 Flash, or equivalent user experience. Location: S-343 Instructor: Kahlil Haynes NEW Certificate in Advanced Adobe Dreamweaver CS6 To earn the Advanced Adobe Dreamweaver CS6 Certificate Program, you must satisfactorily complete the following 3 courses: CC 624 Advanced Dreamweaver: HTML5 & CSS3 12 hours $285 CC 625 Dreamweaver and PHP: Server Scripting 12 hours $285 for Modern Websites CC 626 Dreamweaver and PHP: Databases 12 hours $285 36 hours $855 This Certificate Program is important for web site developers, web site owners, or anyone who needs to manage one or more web properties. Dreamweaver users with basic skills learn the pieces they are missing. The courses are sequential. Each builds on the one before. Location: S-343 Instructor: Kahlil Haynes Note: Bring a flash drive to save your work. CC 624 Advanced Dreamweaver: HTML5 & CSS3 12 hours; $285 (includes book) 001, T/Th; Sept. 24, 26, Oct.1 & 3, 2013 Hours: 2:00-5:00 p.m. This first course focuses on accessing and using programming language technologies to build functional web structures and designs. After a discussion of the various flavors of HTML, students develop robust web site frameworks using both XHTML and HTML5. Students use Dreamweaver to apply standard and advanced styling techniques, using CSS including the new CSS 3 syntax. Prerequisite: CC451 Dreamweaver, or equivalent experience. CC 625 Dreamweaver and PHP: Server Scripting for Modern Websites 12 hours; $285 (includes book) 001, T/Th; Oct. 8, 10, 15 & 17, 2013 (Make-up Fri. 10/18) Hours: 2:00-5:00 p.m. The second course introduces PHP, one of the most widely used and powerful web programming languages for creating dynamic responsive web sites. PHP is known as a Hypertext Preprocessor, which allows web developers to create clientside code, (HTML/CSS/JavaScript), on the fly in response to server-side business logic. After an introduction to the core programming concepts, students use PHP to add business logic to an existing web site. Topics include: PHP basics, writing PHP with Dreamweaver, creating dynamic HTML, processing web forms, sending email, setting and retrieving cookies and working with sessions. Prerequisite: CC624 Advanced Dreamweaver: HTML5 & CSS3, or equivalent experience. CC 626 Dreamweaver and PHP: Databases 12 hours; $285 (includes book) 001, T/Th; Oct. 29, 31, Nov. 5 & 7, 2013 (Make-up 11/12) Hours: 2:00-5:00 p.m. The final course covers using a web database to store and retrieve data. Review web data storage methods. Learn the traditional web database scripting language, SQL, focusing on basic syntax and language features. Examine the open source MySQL database. Integrate a data storage mechanism on top of the dynamic web structure built in the first and second level courses. Topics include: setting up and connecting to a database with PHP, retrieving data from a database, updating data in a database, deleting data from a database, and PHP/database security issues. Prerequisite: CC625 Dreamweaver and PHP: Server Scripting for Modern Websites. Certificate in JavaScript & JQuery CC 589 JavaScript and jquery-making Dynamic Web Pages 12 hours; $285 (includes book) 001, T/Th; Sept. 10, 12, 17 & 19, 2013 Hours: 2:00-5:00 p.m. 002, Sat; Nov. 23, Dec. 7 & 14, 2013 (no class 11/30) (Make-up12/21/13) Hours: 9:30 a.m. 2:00 p.m. (30 minute lunch break.) jquery is a fast, flexible JavaScript library that simplifies adding advanced JavaScript interaction to web pages. For both professional and casual web designers, who want to add the latest in interactivity and animation effects to their sites, jquery is the tool of choice. Topics include: setting up jquery for a web site, working with the HTML DOM (Document Object Model), understanding and responding to JavaScript events, and adding visual effects and animation. Prerequisite: a working knowledge of HTML. No previous JavaScript experience is required. Location: S-343 Instructor: Kahlil Haynes Certificate in Google Android Apps Google Android is one of the major mobile platforms available today. Android powers millions of mobile and handheld devices, from cellular telephones to e- book readers. Develop applications that run on this platform, and make them available within the Android Marketplace. The Android SDK (Software Developer s Kit), Eclipse IDE (Integrated Development Environment), and JAVA tools necessary for development are all open-source and are completely free to download and use. CC 590 Google Android Apps 1Develop Applications for Mobile Devices 7 sessions; 21 hours; $425 001, M/W; Sept. 16, 18, 23, 25, 30, Oct. 2 & 7, 2013 (Make-up date 10/9) This course includes the following topics: Set up your Android development environment on Windows, MAC, or Linux Create Android applications using Eclipse open-source Integrated Development Environment Design of Android graphical user interfaces, and best practices for maximum effectiveness Basics of programming, using JAVA and the Android SDK Publish your applications to the Android Marketplace make them available to millions of people world-wide. Prerequisite: Experienced PC user. No previous programming background necessary. Bring a one gigabyte (or higher) thumb drive to class to save your class work. CC 591 Google Android Apps 2 21 hours; $425 001, M/W; Oct. 14, 21, 23, 28, 30, Nov. 4, 2013 (Make-up date 11/6) Building upon the material covered Level 1, this course focuses on more advanced topics of the Google Android platform, including: Database access Using the Internet as part of your application, including web services To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 23

COMPUTER TRAINING Using device hardware such as GPS or Camera Graphics and Audio Prerequisites: CC590 Google Android Apps 1. Bring a one gigabyte (or higher) thumb drive to class to save your class work. Certificate in WordPress CC 617 WORDPRESS: Build a Website and a Blog 7 sessions; 21 hours; $425 001, Mon/Wed.; Nov 11, 13, 18, 20, 25, Dec 2 & 4, 2013 (no class 11/27) (Make-up date 12/9) Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. WordPress is a free, open source blog and content management platform powered by PHP and MySQL. This web software is used to create and manage great looking web sites or blogs for business or personal use. Established in 2003, WordPress currently has over 25 million active users. There are thousands of plug-ins and themes available to transform your site into almost anything you can imagine. Work hands-on with WordPress to create a complete website and learn to do the following: Setup and configure a WordPress web site Build a WordPress custom design (theme) Understand and utilize the content management features Use Widgets in your design Navigate the WordPress menu system Extend WordPress with Plug-ins that provide additional functionality such as e-commerce Understand the blogging features, including tags and categories, and how that can benefit your website and/or business. Prerequisite: No web design or development experience is necessary to participate in this class. Bring a USB thumb drive to class to store your work. Location: S-343 Instructor: Kahlil Haynes Certificate in MS Office + QuickBooks This MS Office + QuickBooks Certificate Program is 219 hours of training and costs $3,955. Learn the computer skills most asked for in the Want Ads for jobs in almost any field, not just an office. This program is designed for adults who have not been in the workplace recently or have never learned computer skills. Everyone in the class is in the same boat, preparing for a new or better job. Students who complete the program are competent in using Microsoft Windows, Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Access and QuickBooks. Resume preparation and using the Internet for job search are included. CC 392 Keyboarding Fundamentals NOTE: This course may be taken by itself for those who need to learn Keyboarding. No Certificate is given for this course. 6 sessions; 18 hours; $245 001, Th/F/M/T/W/Th; Sept. 19, 20, 23, 24, 25 & 26, 2013 (Make-up date 9/27) Hours: 9:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. Develop proper keyboarding skills, improve accuracy, and speed, and learn basic mouse skills. The course includes instruction in creating a basic business letter and envelope in Word. Location: E-112 Instructor: Marion Keegan CC 411 MS in the Workplace, Part I 12 sessions; 60 hours; $1,090 (includes books) 001, M/T/W/Th/F; Sept. 30, Oct. 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 14 & 15, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-2:30 p.m. Learn the basics of the computer applications required for most jobs. This three-week course introduces the beginning student to the Personal Computer, the Windows operating system and the basics of Word, Excel and PowerPoint. Topics include: creating, editing, formatting, saving and printing documents, spreadsheets and presentations. Prerequisite: Ability to type 20 words per minute accurately. Location: CLC-235 Instructor: Phyllis Pych CC 412 MS in the Workplace, Part II 12 sessions; 60 hours; $1,090 (includes books) 001, M/T/W/Th/F; Oct. 16, 17, 18, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 28, 29, 30 & 31, 2013 (Make-up 11/1) Hours: 9:00 a.m.-2:30 p.m. This three-week course enables each student to develop marketable skills. It emphasizes the hands-on approach to intermediate Word and Excel topics and introduces Access (database), email, and the Web. Using Word, students create tables and columns, headers and footers, and do a basic mail merge. Using Excel database features, students make pivot tables; and they create an Access database including tables, forms, reports and queries. Prerequisite: MS in the Workplace, Part I. Location: CLC-235 Instructor: Phyllis Pych CC 413 MS in the Workplace, Part III 12 sessions; 60 hours; $1,090 001, M/T/W/Th; Nov. 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12, 13, 14, 18, 19, 20 & 21, 2013 (Make-up 11/25) Hours: 9:00 a.m.-2:30 p.m. In this three-week course, students master more advanced procedures in Word, Excel, PowerPoint and Access. Integration and linking between the programs is emphasized as well as resume preparation and using the Internet for job search. Prerequisite: MS in the Workplace, Part II. Location: CLC-235 Instructor: Phyllis Pych CC 584 QuickBooks Pro 6 sessions; 21 hours; $440 (includes book) 004, T/W/Th/F/M/T; Dec. 3, 4, 5, 6, 9 & 10, 2013 (Make-up 12/11) Hours: 1:00-4:30 p.m. Take control and save time with an easy-to use accounting program. Create professional invoices, make deposits, write checks, receive payments, enter and pay bills, issue credit memos, reconcile accounts, generate important financial statements and reports. Set up your inventory, track and pay sales tax, and do payroll. Customize forms, letters and templates. Prerequisite: Basic mouse and keyboard skills and knowledge of Windows, or CC511 Introduction to PC & Windows. Some knowledge of bookkeeping is helpful. Location: E-112 Instructor: Annette Rakowski Certificate in Microsoft in the Workplace This MS Office in the Workplace Certificate Program is 180 hours of training and costs $3,270. To earn this certificate and be job market ready, you need to complete Parts I, II and III. Each part is 60 hours of training time and is three weeks long. Part I is an Introductory Level course, Part II is Intermediate and Part III is Advanced. Students who complete the course are competent in using Microsoft Windows, Word, Excel, PowerPoint and Access. Resume preparation and using the Internet for job search is included. The Prerequisite is the ability to type 20 words per minute accurately. If you cannot, take the Keyboarding Fundamentals course, CC 392, which is scheduled just before Part I. It is useful to students at all typing skill levels to improve speed and accuracy. Part of the success of this certificate program is that it was designed for adults who have not been in the workplace recently or have never learned computer skills. Everyone in the class is in the same boat, preparing for a new or better job. Location: Ciarco Learning Center, 355 Main Street, Hackensack, at the corner of Passaic Street, Room 235. Our parking lot is behind our building. Instructor: Phyllis Pych CC 411 MS in the Workplace, Part I 12 sessions; 60 hours; $1,090 (includes books) 001, M/T/W/Th/F; Sept. 30, Oct. 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 14 & 15, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-2:30 p.m. Learn the basics of the computer applications required for most jobs. This three-week course introduces the beginning student to the Personal Computer, the Windows operating system and the basics of Word, Excel and PowerPoint. Topics include: creating, editing, formatting, saving and printing documents, spreadsheets and presentations. Prerequisite: Ability to type 20 words per minute accurately. If you cannot, take CC392 Keyboarding Fundamentals. CC 412 MS in the Workplace, Part II 12 sessions; 60 hours; $1,090 (includes books) 001, M/T/W/Th/F; Oct. 16, 17, 18, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 28, 29, 30 & 31, 2013 (Make-up 11/1) Hours: 9:00 a.m.-2:30 p.m. This three-week course enables each student to develop marketable skills. It emphasizes the hands-on approach to intermediate Word and Excel topics and introduces Access (database), email, and the Web. Using Word, students create tables and columns, headers and footers, and do a basic mail merge. Using Excel database features, students make pivot tables; and they create an Access database including tables, forms, reports and queries. Prerequisite: MS in the Workplace, Part I. CC 413 MS in the Workplace, Part III 12 sessions; 60 hours; $1,090 001, MT/W/Th; Nov. 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12, 13, 14, 18, 19, 20 & 21, 2013 (Make-up 11/25) Hours: 9:00 a.m.-2:30 p.m. In this three-week course, students master more advanced procedures in Word, Excel, PowerPoint and Access. Integration and linking between the programs is emphasized as well as resume preparation and using the Internet for job search. Prerequisite: MS in the Workplace, Part II. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 24

COMPUTER TRAINING Certificate in QuickBooks CC 584 QuickBooks Pro 6 sessions; 21 hours; $440 (includes book) 001, M/W; Sept. 9, 11, 16, 18, 23 & 25, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:30 p.m. 002, M/T/W; Sept. 30, Oct. 1, 2, 7, 8 & 9, 2013 (Make-up 10/10) Hours: 1:00-4:30 p.m. 003, M/W; Oct. 28, 30, Nov. 4, 6, 11 & 13, 2013 (Make-up 11/18) Hours: 6:00-9:30 p.m. 004, T/W/Th/F/M/T; Dec. 3, 4, 5, 6, 9 & 10, 2013 (Make-up 12/11) Hours: 1:00-4:30 p.m. Take control and save time with an easy-to use accounting program. Create professional invoices, make deposits, write checks, receive payments, enter and pay bills, issue credit memos, reconcile accounts, generate important financial statements and reports. Set up your inventory, track and pay sales tax, and do payroll. Customize forms, letters and templates. Prerequisite: Basic mouse and keyboard skills and knowledge of Windows, or CC511 Introduction to PC & Windows. Some knowledge of bookkeeping is helpful. Location: E-112 Instructor: Annette Rakowski Programs for Beginners CC 511 Intro to the PC & Windows 6 hours; $155 (includes book) 001, T/W; September 17 & 18, 2013 Hours: 9:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. Location: E-112 Instructor: Marion Keegan 002, T/Th; October 22 & 24, 2013 Location: E-112 Instructor: Gladys Ravettine 003, M/T; November 4 & 5, 2013 (Make-up 11/6) Hours: 9:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. Location: E-112 Instructor: Marion Keegan This class is for new users of the personal computer and is the prerequisite for many Level I classes in this catalog. Learn about the parts of the computer, how a computer operates, and how to use the mouse and keyboard. Beginning Windows topics are covered: understanding and manipulating different types of screens, running programs, and beginning to understand files and folders. CC 524 Working with Folders 5 hours; $100 (includes book) 001, Fri; October 18, 2013 Hours: 9:30 a.m.-3:30 p.m. Location: E-112 Instructor: Marion Keegan 002, M/T; November 18 & 19, 2013 (Make-up 11/20) Hours: 6:30-9:00p.m. Location: CLC-235 Instructor: Susan Rasmussen This class is designed for people who have been using a PC and are still confused about folders. Create and use folders in Windows, Word and Excel. Practice finding files, and moving and copying files between different folders. Prerequisite: Intro to the PC and Windows or equivalent PC experience. CC 392 Keyboarding Fundamentals 6 sessions; 18 hours; $245 001, Th/F/M/T/W/Th; Sept. 19, 20, 23, 24, 25 & 26, 2013 (Make-up date 9/27) Hours: 9:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. Location: E-112 Instructor: Marion Keegan Develop proper keyboarding skills, improve accuracy, and speed, and learn basic mouse skills. The course includes instruction in creating a basic business letter and envelope in Word. Microsoft Office 2010 Courses PLEASE NOTE: MS Office 2010 is taught in all the following classes. If you are using an earlier version, instructions for using earlier versions are included in the book you receive in class. CC 602 Word 2010 Level 1 This class has been extended from 6 to 9 hours in response to students request for more time. 9 hours, $175 (includes book) 001, T/Th/T; Sept. 10, 12 &17, 2013 Location: E-112 Instructor: Diane Kerner 002, T/W/Th; October 15, 16 & 17, 2013 Hours: 9:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. Location: E-112 Instructor: Marion Keegan 003, T/W/Th; December 3, 4 & 5, 2013 (Make-up Mon, 12/9) Hours: 6:30-9:30 p.m. Location: CLC-235 Instructor: Susan Rasmussen Learn to create, edit, spell check, save and print documents. Set margins, page breaks, page numbers and change from portrait to landscape. Change fonts, align paragraphs and customize the quick access toolbar for easy access to favorite commands. Prerequisite: Intro to the PC & Windows or equivalent experience. CC 604 Word Mail Merge 2010 3 hours; $85 (includes book) 001, Fri; October 25, 2013 Hours: 9:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. Location: E-112 Instructor: Marion Keegan Create and import data from Word, Excel and Access for merging letters, mailing labels, envelopes, etc. Also, create various directories for attractive and useful printed reports of the data itself. Prerequisite: Word 2010 Level I. CC 603 Word 2010 Level 2 This class has been extended from 6 to 9 hours in response to students request for more time. 9 hours; $175 (includes book) 001, Th/T/Th; Sept. 19, 24 & 26, 2013 Hours: 6:30-9:30 p.m. Location: E-112 Instructor: Diane Kerner 002, T/W/Th; October 22, 23 & 24, 2013 Hours: 9:30-12:30 p.m. Location: E-112 Instructor: Marion Keegan 003, T/W/Th; Dec. 10, 11 & 12, 2013 (Make-up Mon, 12/16) Location: CLC-235 Instructor: Susan Rasmussen Learn to create tables, headers and footers, hanging indents, borders and shading. Use sort, find and replace, ClipArt, WordArt, SmartArt and drawing tools. Prerequisite: Word I or equivalent experience. CC 605 Excel 2010 Level 1 This class has been extended from 6 to 9 hours in response to students request for more time. 9 hours; $175 (includes book) 001, T/W/Th; Sept. 10, 11 & 12, 2013 Hours: 9:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. Location: E-112 Instructor: Marion Keegan 002, T/W/Th; October 8, 9 & 10, 2013 Location: E-112 Instructor: Diane Kerner 003, T/W/Th; October 29, 30 & 31, 2013 (Make-up Mon, 11/4) Hours: 6:30-9:30 p.m. Location: CLC-235 Instructor: Susan Rasmussen 004, T/Th/M; Nov. 19, 21 & 25, 2013 (Make-up 11/26) Location: E-112 Instructor: Gladys Ravettine 005, T/W/Th; Dec. 3, 4 & 5, 2013 (Make-up 12/6) Hours: 9:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. Instructor: Marion Keegan Learn to create, edit, save and print spreadsheets; use AutoSum and AutoFill. Develop formulas and simple functions to do calculations. Format text data, numbers, and dates. Set margins, create headers and footers, and learn printing techniques. Use the quick access toolbar for easy access to favorite commands. Prerequisite: Intro to the PC & Windows or equivalent experience. CC 606 Excel 2010 Level 2 This class has been extended from 6 to 9 hours in response to students request for more time. 9 hours; $175 (includes book) 001, T/W/Th; Oct. 1, 2 & 3, 2013 Hours: 9:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. Location: E-112 Instructor: Marion Keegan 002, T/W/Th; Oct. 15, 16 & 17, 2013 Hours: 6:30 p.m.-9:30 p.m. Location: E-112 Instructor: Diane Kerner 003, T/W/Th; Nov. 5, 6 & 7, 2013 (Make-up Tue. 11/12) Location: CLC-235 Instructor: Susan Rasmussen 004, T/W/Th; Dec. 10, 11 & 12, 2013 (Make-up Fri., 12/13) Hours: 9:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. Location: E-112 Instructor: Marion Keegan Review Excel basics and expand your knowledge of formula writing and basic functions: sum, average, if, countif, sumif and more. Manage sheets and learn to create formulas across multiple sheets. Work efficiently by splitting and freezing windows; hiding columns; creating range names, comments, and passwords. Prerequisite: Excel I plus experience working with Excel. CC 607 Excel 2010 Charts/Graphs 3 hours; $85 (includes book) 001, Wed; October 9, 2013 Hours: 9:30 a. m.-12:30 p.m. Location: E-112 Instructor: Marion Keegan 002, Tue; November 12, 2013 Location: E-112 Instructor: Diane Kerner Learn to create and edit pie and bar charts. Learn to format and move charts from sheet to sheet and to create your own custom templates. Create quick charts with one keystroke. Prerequisite: Excel I or equivalent experience. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 25

COMPUTER TRAINING CC 608 Excel 2010 - Database This class has been extended from 3 to 4 hours in response to students request for more time. 4 hours; $90 (includes book) 001, Fri; October 4, 2013 Hours: 9:30 a.m.-2:00 p.m. (1/2 hour lunch) Location: E-112 Instructor: Marion Keegan 002, T/Th; November 5 & 7, 2013 Location: E-112 Instructor: Diane Kerner Explore Excel s database capabilities: learn to sort and filter data; create automatic subtotals and learn the VLookup function plus other database functions including ways to clean up imported data. Prerequisite: Excel I or equivalent experience. CC 609 Excel 2010 - Pivot Tables 3 hours; $85 (includes book) 001, Tue; October 8, 2013 Hours: 9:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. Location: E-112 Instructor: Marion Keegan 002, Th; November 14, 2013 Location: E-112 Instructor: Diane Kerner Use Pivot Tables to make large, complex sets of data more understandable and easier to comprehend at a glance. You can quickly change the layout to see limitless views of the data. You can count items, see sums, averages, quickly calculate percentages and more. Prerequisite: Excel I or equivalent knowledge. CC 610 Excel 2010 - Macros 3 hours; $85 (includes book) 001, Fri; October 11, 2013 Hours: 9:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. Location: E-112 Instructor: Marion Keegan Macros are recordings of keystrokes and mouse actions that can be used to automate repetitive tasks. Macros can be stored and played back at any time. Add buttons to a quick access toolbar for easy playback of general macros that can be used in any workbook. Create buttons within a sheet for playback of macros unique to that book. Prerequisite: Excel I or equivalent experience. CC 614 Excel 2010 - Level III 5 hours; $100 (includes book) 001, Th; October 10, 2013 Hours: 9:30 a.m.-3:30 p.m. Location: E-112 Instructor: Marion Keegan Create more complex megaformulas and array formulas. Work with more advanced functions including index, rank, trend and frequency. Chart a frequency distribution. CC 623 PowerPoint 2010 9 hours; $175 (includes book) 001, M/W/Th.; Sept. 30, Oct. 2 & 3, 2013 Location: E-112 Instructor: Gladys Ravettine 002, M/T/W; Oct. 28, 29 & 30, 2013 (Make-up date 11/1) Hours: 9:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. Location: E-112 Instructor: Marion Keegan Learn to create text slides, charts, and organizational charts for presentations. Enhance slides with ClipArt, WordArt and SmartArt. Learn to print slides and audience handouts. Set up a slide show with manual or automatic advance, set timings and loop shows. Use transitions and custom animations. Add sound and learn to add music to a show. Prerequisite: Intro to PC & Windows or equivalent experience. CC 613 Access 2010 This class has been extended from 6 to 12 hours in response to students request for more time. 4 sessions; 12 hours; $210 (includes book) 001, T/W; Sept. 17, 18, 24 & 25, 2013 Location: CLC-235 Instructor: Susan Rasmussen 002, Th/Fri; Nov. 14, 15, 21 & 22, 2013 (Make-up Mon. 11/25, 2013) Hours: 9:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. Location: E-112 Instructor: Susan Rasmussen This step by step introduction to the MS Access database program takes you through the process of designing a database using tables, forms, queries and reports. Design a simple database with a single table for data storage. Modify the design and manage the data by using field properties. Make an instant form to enter data more efficiently or to display data more effectively. Create multi-table relational databases to use with more complex data and to minimize repetition in data entry. Manipulate information with easy-to-design queries to sort data and display specified data records. Use calculation queries to modify existing data in tables. Generate professional quality reports using Report Wizards. Prerequisite: Intro to PC & Windows or equivalent experience. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 26

COMPUTER TRAINING Online Certificate Programs This expanded section of online courses now includes ONLINE CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS as well as ONLINE INDIVIDUAL COURSES. These Online Certificate Programs are available exclusively from the Division of Continuing Education, Corporate & Public Sector Training at Bergen Community College. Certificates provide training and credentials for some of the major fields of interest. Earn a Certificate Online by successfully completing the courses required for that Certificate. All courses are asynchronous. All courses begin on September 3, 2013 and end on December 3, 2013. Each course costs $365. Book is not included. Instructor: James Sinclair, Ph.D., Online Education Specialist TO REGISTER & PAY for the Online Certificate Programs: ONLINE go.bergen.edu Select Continuing Education. Click on Register & Pay for Classes and follow the prompts. CALL (201) 447-7488 during business hours. Use Visa, MasterCard, Discover or Amex. FAX (201) 447-7861 completed registration form plus charge card info VISIT our office in the Technology Building, Room 115 on the first floor MAIL completed registration form with payment (no cash) Certificate in Advertising & Marketing Specialist This training program is designed for students interested in becoming specialists in the areas of Advertising and Marketing. It requires no previous advertising/marketing experience and concentrates on preparing highly valuable experts, familiar with product or service presentation, consumer psychology, existing successful, as well as failing internet and brick-and-mortar marketing models. During the course of training, students are required to build a successful marketing model, as well as field test it in the real world advertising and marketing application, using real products and/or services. OL 400 Successful Advertising & Consumer Psychology This course covers main concepts in Online Advertising with respect to product representation, branding, coloring schemes, and website design, optimized for the maximum online exposure and integration. Book: Online Consumer Psychology: Understanding and Influencing Consumer Behavior in the Virtual World (Advertising and Consumer Psychology): Psychology Press, 2005 ISBN-13: 978-0805851557. OL 401 Exploring Industrial & Business Campaigns In this course students will be introduced to a variety of product and services campaigns in a variety of applications. Including specific examples where company s direct products are used vs. VAR (Value Added Reseller) techniques. Book: Modeling Online Auctions; Wiley; 1 edition (July 13, 2010) ISBN-13: 978-0470475652. OL 402 Analyzing Existing Marketing Models In this section successful marketing models are explored; including Online auction campaigns as well as affiliate and direct mail integration techniques. Book: Marketing in the Age of Google: Your Online Strategy IS Your Business Strategy Wiley; 2010: ISBN-13: 978-0470537190. OL 403 Domestic & Worldwide Marketing Solutions This course explores domestic and worldwide online marketing techniques, including: local, statewide, regional, nationwide, foreign-regional, and global marketing integration / distribution. Book: Digital Marketing: Global Strategies from the World s Leading Experts Wiley; 2010: ISBN-13: 978-0471361220. OL 404 Online Advertising & Marketing Development This course explains the more detailed procedures of the proper webdevelopment optimized for the maximum site implementation and the SEO (Search Engine Optimization) approach. Students will develop the completely optimized mini-site, prepared for the Internet marketing, eventually substituting their own products or services. Book: Advertising on the Internet, 2nd Edition: John Wiley & Sons, 2011: ISBN-13: 978-0471344049. Certificate in Computer Integrated Design Specialist OL 405 2-Dimensional AutoCAD Drafting & Design This course introduces a detailed approach to the 2-dimentional, computer integrated drafting and design techniques used in modern engineering and architecture. Students will be exposed to actual drawing details and assemblies. Book: AutoCAD 2011 and AutoCAD LT 2011: No Experience Required; Sybex, 2010; ISBN- 13: 978-0470602164. OL 406 3-Dimensional AutoCAD & Solids Modeling Explored in this section, are more advanced techniques of Computer Aided Design 3-Dimensional Solids Modeling. Students will be exposed to the advanced procedures involved in complex solid design in a variety of mechanical and architectural/structural applications. Book: 3D Modeling in AutoCAD, Second Edition CMP publishers, 2010; ISBN-13: 978-1578200917. OL 407 Parametric Design & Modeling Using Autodesk Inventor This comprehensive course introduces design techniques and detailed procedures using the Inventor software. Course covers Parametric modeling techniques used in modern business and industry. Book: Autodesk Inventor 2012 Essentials Plus. Autodesk Press, 2011; ISBN-13: 978-1111646653. OL 408 Photo-realistic 3-D Rendering & Design This section deals with a photo-realistic representation of 3-dimensional objects and characters. The end result of this representation is widely used in Advertizing, product simulation, Architecture, and Animation / Broadcasting industries. Book: Photo-realistic Rendering with Randomization; VDM Verlag Dr. Mueller e.k., 2008; ISBN- 13: 978-3836479196. OL 409 Advanced Parametric Design & Stress Analysis, using Solidworks This course covers all of the essentials of the design and modeling, using Solidworks program. Students will explore first, simple, and then advanced techniques and procedures used in some of the most advanced modern industries, such as aerospace, mechanical, electronics, and electrical engineering. Book: Solidworks 2010 Bible; Wyley & Sons, 2010 ISBN-13: 978-0470554814. Certificate in Graphic Design, Arts & Communication Specialist OL 410 Graphic Design in Modern Business & Industry This section deals with basics of graphic design, pertaining mostly to online applications such as advertizing and marketing, however, the course covers a comprehensive approach the general graphic design principles, relevant to anypurpose and applications, such as presentation, published media, business promotion, as well as many other. Book: Creative Workshop: 80 Challenges to Sharpen Your Design Skills; How Publishers, 2010; ISBN-13: 978-1600617973. OL 411 Multi-Media Integration This course describes general applications and integration of multimedia in modern applications, including use of video in modern business and industry, computer animation, and dynamic online presentation development. OL 412 Online Design Principles & Model Applications This section involves a more detailed approach to the Internet-based presentation applications and dealing mostly with movable online presentation techniques applicable equally to business, as well as advanced educational technologies. Book: The Real Business of Web Design; Allworth Press, 2005; ISBN-13: 978-1581153163. OL 413 Using Photoshop, Flash & Other Graphic Applications This course introduces a variety of robust software products used in today s Internet applications such as Adobe s Flash and Photoshop, Microsoft s PowerPoint and Expression Web applications. OL 414 Advanced Graphic Design & 3-D Modeling This section deals with a little more detailed section of graphic design and modeling, integrating techniques used in Commercials and movie industries, such as advanced scenery and backdrop design, Virtual Reality (VR) and Space Scenery, as well as a variety of other similar applications. Book: Digital 3D Design: The Use of 3D Applications in Digital Graphic Design Watson-Guptill; 2005 ISBN-13: 978-0823012961. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 27

COMPUTER TRAINING Certificate in Web Development & Online Business Specialist OL 415 Introductions to Web Development & Integration This course will introduce the students to the general practices and fundamental procedures used in modern Web design and development. The course will include the following topics: Using Microsoft Expression WEB : fundamentals, Website Categories, types, and styles, and Using lay-out tables and cells in web pages. Book: The Principles of Beautiful Web Design, 2nd Edition; SitePoint, 2010; ISBN-13: 978-0980576894. OL 416 Advertising & Web Marketing This course explains the principles and modern practices of Online advertizing, as pertaining to successfully operating and promoting a profitable online business and includes the following topics: Basic online advertising principles, Using page text as an advertising medium, Page images as a promotion instrument, Web Advertising as an integral part Web Marketing, and Exploring local & state-wide advertising. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged Book: Web Marketing Allin-One Desk Reference; For Dummies Pub, 2009; ISBN-13: 978-0470413982. OL 417 Advanced Website Development & Integration This course delves into some more detailed topics of basic web programming fundamentals. It involves some simple and effective techniques required to produce and market typical websites, without extensive requirements of computer programming. The course involves the following topics: Introduction to basic HTML coding, and Expression Web environment concepts. Book: Learning Web Design: A Beginner s Guide to HTML, StyleSheets, and Web Graphics. O Reilly Media, 2007; ISBN-13: 978-0596527525. OL 418 Product Identification & Online Marketing This section explains the topics related to successful online marketing and distribution. This process is one of the major key components to any online-based business. The course includes the following topics: Introduction to online marketing, Basic marketing techniques; Product Popularity Research, and Link Popularity Analyses. Book: Digital Marketing: Global Strategies from the World s Leading Experts Wiley; 2010: ISBN-13: 978-0471361220. OL 419 Website Optimization & Successful Market Integration This advanced level course introduces the participants to the topics of Search Engine Optimization the process needed to enable a website to be visible in the top areas of the Internet search. This process is the essential key to successful online business. The course involves the following: Introduction to common search engines, Google Search Engine environment analysis, MSN & Yahoo Search Engine environments, Understanding SEO (Search Engine Optimization) Analytics, and Real-time Keywordbased Research variables. Book: The Art of SEO (Theory in Practice); O Reilly Media, 2009; ISBN-13: 978-0596518868. Certificate in Computer Programming OL 420 Windows Programming: Visual BASIC (VB) Development This course gives a very detailed introduction to Windows-based computer programming techniques and procedure. Even a complete programming novice will be able to create market-ready Windows-based executable programs. Although there are many more advanced software development programs used in modern computer industries, VB gives a simple, but elegantly sophisticated approach for a new programmer into the Software Application development world. Book: Murach s Visual Basic 2010; Mike Murach & Associates; 4th edition, 2010; ISBN-13: 978-1890774585. OL 421 UNIX Communications Basics This course deals with the basics of the UNIX operating system commands and structure. UNIX is still an ever popular WEB environment intended for modern developers, web hosting companies, and many business and industry developers and programmers. This course, however, does not require any previous UNIX or LiNUX experience. This course is a must for all new developers as well as web hosting and Internet design professionals. Book: Unix in a Nutshell, Fourth Edition; O Reilly Media; 4 edition, 2008; ISBN-13: 978-0596100292. OL 422 HTML Web Programming This section will introduce the students to the Hypertext Markup Language, commonly used in modern Web design and development. Although many modern web designers are using GUI applications such as FrontPage, Dreamweaver, and other graphical programs for their page and site design, some basic knowledge of HTML coding is a must for any beginning or even seasoned web designer. This course will present the essentials needed for the fine tuning of any modern website. Book: HTML: A Beginner s Guide, Third Edition; McGraw-Hill Osborne Media 2008; ISBN-13:978-0072263787. Certificate in Photoshop Professional OL 423 Photoshop Level I: Basic In this section participants will be introduced to the general practices and operation of Photoshop program, including menu layouts, environment system. Students will work using actual Photoshop projects used by modern graphic artists and photography professionals. There s no previous knowledge of graphics design, art, or graphics communications is required for this course. Book: Adobe Photoshop CS5 Classroom in a Book: Adobe Press, 2010; ISBN-13: 978-0321701763. OL 424 Photoshop Level II: Intermediate This section explores some of the more advanced modules of the Photoshop program, and dealing primarily with more complex features of the program such as modifications of existing designs, touch-ups, lighting, and advanced coloring schemes. This course requires some preliminary, basic knowledge of the program. OL 425 Photoshop Level III: Advanced Design This section involves some of the advanced graphic design features that are commonly used in modern Web design and advanced marketing applications. Students will be completing several projects used in the real graphics applications. This section also requires some previous exposure to the Photoshop program, and will require a final project to be completed by the students. Certificate in Computer Aided Technology OL 426 CNC Manufacturing Programming: FANUC This course thoroughly examines set-up, Fixture Offsets, programming techniques, including Absolute (G90), Incremental (G91), Linear and Circular interpolation cutting, as well as a variety of Drilling and Tapping cycles. You will find all of the essential material necessary to successfully create CNC milling programs applicable to any industry. Additionally, useful Feed and Speed formulas are also explained. Book: CNC Programming Techniques: An Insider s Guide to Effective Methods and Applications. Industrial Press, 2009; ISBN-13: 978-831131852. OL 427 Mastercam X+ Design and Programming Mastercam X+ course examines drawing, design, editing, viewing and machining in Mastercam. You will find all of the essential material necessary to successfully design and manufacture complex parts in a widest variety of engineering and technology applications. This program is among some of the most popular programs used in Advanced technologies and Engineering. Book: Learning Mastercam Mill Step by Step;Industrial Press, 2008; ISBN-13: 978-831131777. Certificate in Parametric CAD Modeling OL 428 Modeling Applications using Pro-Engineer This course explores drawing, design, parametric editing, viewing and plotting in Pro Engineer. The course will enable students to successfully create any 2- Dimensional (2D) as well as 3-Dimensional solid models applicable to any industry, service, architecture, and a vast variety of other applications. Book: Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 5.0 Tutorial and MultiMedia CD; Schroff Development Corporation, 2009; ISBN-13: 978-1585035359. OL 429 Advanced Parametrics with Autodesk Inventor Autodesk Inventor course examines drawing, design, editing, assembly, and rendering in Autodesk Inventor. Participants will be introduced to all of the required techniques necessary to successfully create any 3-Dimensional solid models and Assemblies, as well as 2-Dimensional (2D) drawings applicable to any industry, service, architecture, and a vast variety of other applications. Book: Autodesk Inventor 2012 Essentials Plus. Autodesk Press, 2011; ISBN-13: 978-1111646653. OL 430 Advanced Parametric Design using Solidworks Solidworks section of the program explores drawing, design, editing, viewing and plotting in Solidworks. Participants will be exposed to the techniques enabling them to create any 2-Dimensional (2D) as well as 3-Dimensional solid models. Solidworks is among the most commonly used modern design software in Engineering, Aerospace, and other technologies and industries, worldwide. Book: Solidworks 2010 Bible; Wyley & Sons, 2010 ISBN-13: 978-0470554814. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 28

COMPUTER TRAINING INDIVIDUAL ONLINE COURSES Choose from the listing of titles in this section. Courses begin on a Wednesday, every month, and offer 12 lessons over 6 weeks. An instructor monitors classes daily. Final exams are given for feedback. A letter of completion showing a grade is available. REGISTER & PAY ONLINE at www.ed2go.com/bccdce Select the course Click on the enroll now link Follow the prompts to complete registration & payment For more detailed course information, visit www.ed2go.com/bccdce COMPUTER COURSES OL 039 Advanced PC Security...$120 Learn techniques to locate and close security holes in your own network. OL 118 Introduction to PC Troubleshooting...$120 Learn to decipher and solve almost any problem with your PC. OL 288 Introduction to PC Security...$120 What you don t know can really hurt you. Learn how to protect yourself. OL 368 Intermediate Microsoft Excel 2007...$120 Master advanced features, including charting and PivotTables, to boost productivity. WRITING COURSES OL 103 A to Z Grant Writing...$120 Learn how to research and develop relationships with potential funding sources, organize grant writing campaigns, and prepare proposals. OL 134 Write Your Life Story...$120 Give your family and friends an inspirational autobiography. OL 164 Grammar Refresher...$120 Produce clean, grammatically correct documents and speeches. OL 170 History of Women Writers...$120 Discuss the influences of history on women writers and their works. OL 188 Writing Effective Grant Proposals...$120 Learn to prepare grant proposals that get solid results. OL 189 Resume Writing Workshop...$120 Transform your tired, boring resume into a powerful tool. OL 190 Business Marketing Writing...$120 Improve your company s image. OL 218 Creativity Training for Writers...$120 Tricks for the published writer s toolbox. OL 220 Travel Writing....$120 Learn how to write and sell travel articles and books. OL 226 The Keys to Effective Editing...$120 Learn fundamentals of top-notch editing for both fiction and non-fiction. OL 229 Write Like a Pro...$120 Hollywood author teaches you how to use story outlines to structure any type of story. OL 230 Effective Business Writing...$120 Develop powerful written documents. OL 245 Fundamentals of Technical Writing...$120 Succeed in the well-paying field of technical writing. OL 258 Research Methods for Writers...$120 Learn methods to conduct research for writing projects. OL 263 Beginner s Guide to Getting Published...$120 Give yourself the credibility you need to get your works published. OL 301 Beginning Writer s Workshop...$120 Improve your writing skills in this introduction to writing creatively. OL 303 Mystery Writing...$120 This course will teach you the techniques to become a successful author. OL 304 Introduction to Journaling...$120 Discover how journaling can help you learn more about yourself and enhance your creativity. OL 315 Writing for Children...$120 Learn from a published children s author how to touch the hearts of children by creating books for them. TEST PREP COURSES OL 104 GRE Preparation Workshop Verbal (Part I)...$120 Powerful strategies for success in the verbal and analytical sections. OL 105 GRE Preparation Workshop Quantitative (Part 2)...$120 Learn a variety of useful techniques for tackling the math section. OL 130 LSAT Preparation Part 1...$120 Learn about law school entrance procedures, develop analytical reasoning skills, and improve test-taking. OL 131 LSAT Preparation Part 2...$120 Improve your logical reasoning and reading comprehension, discover proven approaches for selecting correct exam answers. OL 216 GMAT Preparation...$120 Powerful test-taking techniques for improving your score. OL 232 GED Preparation...$120 Want to pass the GED? Develop the skills you ll need to succeed. OL 265 Prepare for the GED Language Arts, Writing Test...$120 Prepare for the GED test on language arts and writing. OL 281 Prepare for the GED Math Test...$120 Master the skills to pass Test 5 in the GED test series. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 29

CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM These courses focus on the technical needs of contractors, estimators, architects, engineers, construction, and government officials as they relate to the design, construction and maintenance of building structures. They are also open to individuals in the field who would like to have a working knowledge of the Uniform Construction Code. UNIFORM CONSTRUCTION CODE PROGRAM The School of Continuing Education, Bergen Community College, has been approved to offer courses in accordance with N.J.A.C. 5:23-5.20 and approved for credit toward licenses issued by the NJ State Department of Community Affairs. Information concerning Licensing Requirements and Application Procedures can be obtained by contacting: THE STATE DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY AFFAIRS Bureau of Construction Code Services Telephone: (609) 984-7834 Steps Toward Licensing Administrative Licenses: 1. Sub-Code Official (Administrative) 2. Construction Code Official (Administrative) Technical Licenses: 1. RCS - Residential Commercial Structures (Building Inspector licensure) 2. ICS - Industrial Commercial Structures 3. HHS - Hazardous High-rise Structures Attendance requirements are mandated for each course by the state; however, attendance does not ensure licensing. Prerequisites for all courses will be enforced by the Licensing Bureau, New Jersey State Department of Community Affairs. After successfully completing each of the required courses, please contact Experior Assessments (800) 864-5309, for a candidate guide (a licensing requirement), which will enable you to sit for the state exam. For information on how to apply for your license, contact the New Jersey State Department of Community Affairs, Bureau of Construction Code Services by calling (609) 984-7834. The New Jersey State Department of Community Affairs offers students reimbursement of part of the tuition for qualified applicants. Technical level courses must be taken in sequence. Please register early. For more information, please call Ria Bloss at (201) 447-7466 or email rbloss@bergen.edu. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 30

CONSTRUCTION CD 063 Sub-Code Official 15 sessions; $525 001, Mon/Wed; Sept. 9-Oct. 28, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. This 45-hour course is divided into three main areas: Administration, Legal Aspects of Code Enforcement and related Legislation. You must have at least one technical license in order to get the Sub Code license. Duties include: reviewing construction documents and building plans for subcode compliance. Required text: UCC Book Please bring your book to class. Instructor: Anthony Merlino CD 062 Construction Official 23 sessions; $525 001, Mon/Wed; Oct. 30-Dec. 23, 2013 Saturday field trip 8:45 a.m.-12 noon Date: TBA Hours: 5:45-9:30 p.m. This 45-hour course is divided into four main areas: Administration, Legal Methods of Code Enforcement, Legislation and Sub-Code. This course reviews the duties of the construction code official. Required text: UCC Book. Please bring this book to the first class. Prerequisite: Sub Code Official. Instructor: Ron Ferrari CD 075 Building Inspector RCS 26 sessions; $785 001, Tue/Th; Sept. 26-Dec. 17, 2013 (no class 11/28) Hours: 6:00-9:30 p.m. This 90-hour course provides students with the fundamental knowledge and educational experience required by the state for licensure under this title. Topics include: structural design and analysis techniques, wood framing construction foundations; materials materials standards, field identification of requirements, inspection techniques, inspection tools and methods; and other related topics from the International Residential Code. Required text: International Residential Code (latest New Jersey edition). Available at www.iccsafe.org Instructor: Felix Esposito CD 225 Building Inspector ICS 19 sessions; $715 001, Mon/Wed; Sept. 9-Oct. 30, 2013 Hours: 5:45-9:45 p.m. 3 Thursday classes on: 9/19, 10/10 & 10/24 Required Field Trip & 1 make-up class: Sat.; 10/19/13 / 8:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. This 75-hour course provides students with the fundamental knowledge and educational experience required by the state for licensure under this title. The course covers: building construction and technology, structural systems foundation design, wood and steel frame construction, requirements for the building sub-code; basic fire protection systems, systems design and installation procedures, plan review and other related topics. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Building Inspector RCS. Required text: International Building Code 2009, (New Jersey edition) and International Mechanical Code 2009. Available at www.iccsafe.org. UCC and IBC books are required by the second class meeting. Instructor: Ron Ferrari CD 290 Building Inspector HHS 20 sessions; $650 001, Mon/Wed; Feb. 17-April 23, 2014 Hours: 6:15-9:15 p.m. Location: CLC This 60-hour course provides students with the fundamental knowledge and educational experience required by the state for licensure under this title. Topics are: structural systems; design and analysis; fire protection and safety systems; special use of occupancy; advanced mechanical systems; design principles for heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems; energy conservation and other related topics. Prerequisite: Building Inspector RCS and Building Inspector ICS Instructor: Thomas Cohen CD 065 Plumbing Inspector ICS 20 sessions; $950 001, Sat; January 18-June 7, 2014 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-3:00 p.m. This 120-hour course is designed to provide students with the fundamental knowledge and educational experience required by the state for licensure under this title. Required text: UCC Book Instructor: Lenny Falato CD 227 Plumbing Inspector HHS 10 sessions; $525 001, Sat; Sept. 21-Nov. 23, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-3:00 p.m. This 60-hour course is designed to provide the student with fundamental knowledge and educational experience required by the state for licensure under this title. Students must have Plumbing Inspector ICS as a prerequisite. Instructor: Leonard Falato CD 066 Electrical Inspector ICS 20 sessions; $650 001, Mon/Wed; Sept. 16-Nov. 20, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. This 60-hour course covers system designs, electrical service design and sizing branch circuits, plan review and field inspection. Also systematic plans analysis, material requirements, installation methods, basic inspection, report writing, violation notices, and recordkeeping. Uniform Construction Code organization and content, electrical sub code and other related topics. Instructor: Norman Finkel CD 228 Electrical Inspector HHS 15 sessions; $525 001, Mon/Wed; Feb. 10-April 9, 2014 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. This 45-hour course covers: system design, electrical service design and sizing, branch circuit and feeder design, appliance and motor circuits, plan review and field inspection, systematic plans analysis, material requirements, installation methods, basic inspection, report writing, violation notices, inspection and recordkeeping, Uniform Construction Code organization and content, electrical subcode and other related topics. Prerequisite: Electrical Inspector ICS Instructor: Norman Finkel CD 496 Fire Protection ICS 40 sessions; $999 001, Tue/Th; January 21- June 17, 2014 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. This 120-hour program is designed to prepare the students to obtain the licensing in the Fire Protection discipline of the NJ UCC. Course work includes the building use groups, types of construction, height and area, fire protection systems and means of egress. Students will learn when the building codes require such systems and equipment in new renovated structures along with the standards for systems installations and acceptance testing, course textbook information is provided the first day of class. Instructor: David T. Phelan CD 521 Fire Protection HHS 20 sessions; $600 001, Tue/ Th; Sept. 24-Dec. 5, 2013 (no class 11/28) Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. This 60-hour program is designed to further the knowledge and understanding of the students that have successfully completed Fire Protection ICS program. Topics will include plan review and construction requirement for high rise hazardous occupancies and other large area structures. Students will gain a better understanding of the protection systems and further develop their knowledge to achieve this level of licensing for construction code enforcement. Instructor: Dave T. Phalen CD 229 Elevator Inspector HHS 19 sessions; $975 001, Sat/Wed; Sept. 28-Dec. 7, 2013 Hours: Sat 9:00 a.m.-3:00 p.m. / Wed 6:00-9:00 p.m. This 90 hour course is designed to provide Elevator Inspectors with the fundamental knowledge and educational experience required by the state for licensure under this title. Topics include: testing and inspections on escalators, elevators, lifts and hoisting equipment and all related construction. Prerequisite: Seven years related experience. Instructors: William R. Sheehan & William Madden REQUIRED UCC BOOK A copy of the Uniform Construction Code is needed for the referenced courses. The State of New Jersey Uniform Construction Code Book will no longer be shipped from or stocked at the Department of Community Affairs. Payment will be made to the Department but books will be sent directly from West Publishing. Delivery time is approximately four weeks. Make the check payable to: Treasurer, State of New Jersey, Department of Community Affairs, P.O. Box 802, Trenton, N.J. 08625 ATTENTION: Cecilia Heredia, (609) 984-0040 Elective for Contractors CE 263 The New Jersey Rehabilitation Sub code for Design Professionals & Building Contractors 2 sessions; $75 001, Mon/Wed, November 11 & 13, 2013 Hours: 7:00-9:00 p.m. This is a course developed to educate persons in the construction industry who are active in the design and rehabilitation of existing buildings throughout the State of New Jersey. This technical standard found in the New Jersey Uniform Construction Code takes a different approach to construction codes as they relate to older existing buildings. Building codes are designed for new construction which often placed undue hardship on owners of existing buildings who wanted to modernize them. These new rules, which were adopted in 1998 and To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 31

CONSTRUCTION are required to be used uniformly throughout the State, do not require a building to be retrofitted as if it were a new building. This course provides an overview into that process. Instructor: Anthony Merlino NEW CD 099 Low Pressure Black Seal Boiler Operator s License Exam Preparation 14 sessions; 40 hours; $325 001, Wed.; Sept. 11-Dec. 18, 2013 (no class 11/27) Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. This program will cover theoretical instruction on boiler operation, types of boilers, boiler systems, pressure controls, feed water, low water control, and test procedures. This is a black seal license test-prep class. Prerequisite: See requirements specified in NJAC 12:90, 7.4-13 for admittance to the state licensing exam, which requires that you have 320 hours experience working with a NJ registered boiler documented by employer (this experience is not provided in class). Black Seal LP is any Hot Water or Steam Boiler under 15 psi. Instructor: William Rose, Saint Mary's Hospital, Facilities-Engineering Director. BCHCM - Certified Safety Professional/FEMA Certified Instructor Certificate in Electronic Technology This Electronics Technician Certificate Program will prepare the student for positions ranging from Electronic Equipment Testers to Repair Technicians. This 200-hour program is offered in 4 different modules. All four modules are needed to obtain a certificate. Related topics include: Digital Essentials, Advanced Digital Applications, Microprocessor Theory, Audio Visual Essentials, Understanding Technical Diagrams and Schematics, Introduction to Test Equipment, Power Supplies & Signal Amplifiers. Upon successful completion of this program, participants will have required essential knowledge and skills that will help them understand, test, maintain and troubleshoot electronic assemblies they encounter in Production & Service roles at companies involved with electronic products. This course may be completed in one semester. Tuition: $2,540 or $635 for each course. Instructor: Constantinos Papademas, B.E., M.E.E.E., P.E., Electrical Inspector, Sub-Code Official and is on the NJ Board of Examiners of Electrical Contractors. CD 008 Introduction to Electricity & Electronics 8 sessions 001, Mon-Th; October 1-17, 2013 Hours: 8:00 a.m.-3:00 p.m. CD 009 Analog Systems 8 sessions 001, Mon-Th; October 21 31, 2013 Hours: 8:00 a.m.-2:00 p.m. Prerequisite: CD 008 CD 010 Understanding Digital Circuits 8 sessions 001, Mon-Th; November 1 13, 2013 Hours: 8:00 a.m.-2:00 p.m. Prerequisite: CD 009 CD 011 Understanding Computer Technology 9 sessions 001, Mon.-Th.; Nov. 14 Dec. 2, 2013 (no class 11/21,11/22) Hours: 8:00 a.m.-2:00 p.m. Prerequisite: CD 010 Certificate in Green Construction Management Professional Program (Formerly Certificate Program in Construction Management) This Green Construction Management Professional Certificate Program was designed to provide practical information to those individuals who currently work, or would like to work, in the construction industry. The employment outlook for this career is good as construction activity in the region is expected to increase in response to the demand for new residential and commercial structures and the increase in demand for renovations of existing structures. In addition to specialized job related training, a broad knowledge base of alternative energy, energy reduction and efficiency strategies, resource management, waste management and sustainability awareness is offered. These courses certificate program covers the following: Building and Construction materials, methods and tools involved in construction Design techniques, tools and principles involved in production of technical plans, blueprints and drawings Project management planning, scheduling and estimating Construction companies organization, leadership and decisionmaking Contract law insurance, bonding, liability and dispute resolution Courses will be offered throughout the year, but not every course will be offered each semester. To obtain the certificate of completion, students must successfully complete ten of the following courses: CORE COURSES: CD 466 Construction Project Management & Organization CD 477 Smart Home Construction & Sustainability CD 580 Project Scheduling for Construction CD 473 Negotiating Construction Contracts CD 582 Construction Estimating Basics CD 405 Basic to Advanced Blueprint Reading CD 459 Construction Contract Law CD 458 Modular Construction Industry CD 058 Ten Hour OSHA Construction Industry Safety Certification CD 581 Environmental Testing CD 508 Sustainability Concepts CD 514 Indoor Air Quality ( IAQ) CD 511 Understanding Alternative Energy & Economics CD 515 Windows & Doors ELECTIVE COURSES CD 511 Understanding Alternative Energy & Economics CD 512 Water Resource Management CD 514 Indoor Air Quality ( IAQ) CD 523 Photovoltaic Design and Installation CD 582 Construction Estimating Basics CD 510 Weatherization Techniques Courses may be taken individually or in any order as part of the certificate program. A minimum 80-percent attendance, assignments, and class participation are requirements for successful completion of each course. For more information on this program, please contact Ria Bloss at (201) 447-7466, at rbloss@bergen.edu or Roseanne Crisafi (201)447-7863, at rcrisafi@bergen.edu CD 058 Ten-hour OSHA Construction Industry Safety Certification 2 sessions; 10 hours; $99 001, Sat; September 21 & 28, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-3:30 p.m. This 10-hour course is designed for construction workers as an ideal orientation to those who are new to construction sites, maintenance workers and others, those associated with construction projects and as a reminder those working in a variety of building related industries about the hazards associated with the construction industry. Upon successful course completion a $5.00 fee is due to the instructor to receive the 10 Hour Construction Safety OSHA Certification Card. Instructor: William Rose, Saint Mary s Hospital, Facilities-Engineering Director. BCHCM - Certified Safety Professional, FEMA Certified Instructor CD 581 Environmental Testing 5 sessions; 12 hours; $225 001, Tue; October 1-29, 2013 Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. In order to be able to manage environmental contaminants, you must first be able to measure them and understand what the results mean. Environmental testing techniques have been developed to help scientists, engineers and decision makers assess environmental risk and take steps to assure the safety of people and the ecosystem. Take this course and learn about environmental testing procedures and how these techniques can help us protect people and the environment. Instructor: Craig Doolittle, P.E., TRC Solutions CD 508 Sustainability Concepts 8 sessions; 16 hours; $260 001, Th; October 3-December 5, 2013 (no class 10/31, 11/28) Discover what sustainability really means through this in depth study of the terms, concepts and examples of sustainable development and the inter relationship of stakeholders. Gain an understanding of the goals and expressions involved in sustainable development. Learn how life cycle assessments can benefit the long range sustainability goals by making smart choices you can achieve results on many levels and lessen negative impacts. Instructor: Terrance Moran, Sustainability Specialist To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 32

CONSTRUCTION CD 514 Indoor Air Quality (IAQ 4 sessions; 10 hours; $235 001, Mon; October 7-28, 2013 Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. In this overview of Indoor Air Quality learn the facts about indoor elements that can contribute to health effects like allergies, asthma, headaches and more. Identify sources for common contaminants like mold, lead, asbestos, formaldehyde, hazardous chemical and other environmental contaminants. Learn how to reduce the risk of indoor toxins and the methods used to detect them. Student will gain knowledge on Indoor Air Quality issues, preventative and control measures that can be beneficial to improving the indoor environment and how indoor air quality is impacted by modern construction and energy efficiency methods. Instructor: Bruce Wolf, Senior Vice President/Sr. Environmental Health Consultant Garden State Environmental CD 458 Modular Construction 5 sessions; 10 hours; $215 001, Wed; Oct. 9-Nov. 6, 2013 Hours: 6:00-8:00 p.m. Course content includes an in-depth discussion of alternative construction methodologies starting with the historical background, evolution and trends, features and benefits of modulars, ant their components, and an in-depth study of commercial and residential buildings. Information will also be included on new LEED certified buildings. Instructor: Joseph Bucci Courses Offered in the Spring CD 582 Construction Estimating Basics 8 sessions; 20 hours; $295 001, M/W; February 3 March 5, 2014 Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. An introduction to construction estimating basics including reading blueprints and working drawings, dimensioning, using scales, symbols, sections, profiles and sections, details and notes. Learn material take-offs and computations, pricing, labor requirements, cost factors, and other information involved in project estimating. Instructor: Jeff Lewis, Etomic Construction Management CD 473 Negotiating Construction Contracts 8 sessions; 16 hours; $275 001, Tue; February 4-April 1, 2014 (no class 3/18) Develop and enhance the skills necessary to effectively negotiate construction contracts by learning and applying proven negotiating tools, identifying and managing various styles and learning bargaining opportunities relative to specific construction clauses (including American Institute of Architects forms). Topics include: building relationships and trust, ethics, dealing with deadlocks; negotiating by phone, letter, email, dealing with delays; mitigating risk; managing time an defining priorities. Required Text: The Only Negotiating System You Need For Work & Home, by Jim Camp. Available at the BCC Bookstore. Instructor: Bruce Bloch CD 580 Construction Project Scheduling 8 sessions; 16 hours; $215 001, Wed; February 5-April 2, 2014 Understanding a project schedule is a basic requirement for Owners, Engineers, Architects, and of course Contractors. This course will provide the student insight into the creation of a schedule. The course will teach the basics and fundamentals of construction project scheduling. It will provide students with an introduction to the concepts of basic logic and planning, preparation, tasks, tracking and updating of a project schedule. We will also discuss the impacts of delays, and how change orders effect a project completion. We will review project schedules and introduce students to MS Project scheduling software. Instructor: Seth Jacobsen CD 511 Understanding Alternative Energy & Economics 8 sessions; 16 hours; $245 001, Th; February 6-April 3, 2014 (no class 3/20) Learn about the array of existing and emerging renewable energy technologies, from photovoltaics to geothermal and understand operation concepts. Life cycle analysis from material extraction, manufacture through use, allows workers to communicate costs, benefits and incentives on renewable energy and energy efficiency projects. Gain an understanding about supply, demand, state regulations and the economics of energy. Instructor: TBA CD 459 Construction Contract Law 6 sessions; 15 hours; $135 001, Sat; February 15-March 29, 2014 Hours: 9:30 a.m.-12:00 p.m. This course will provide a basic understanding of contract law for those in the construction field. It will include a review of relevant published options impacting the construction industry with special emphasis on avoiding litigation if at all possible. Topics to be covered include basic contract theory, contract preparation, the litigation process, alternate dispute resolution (mediation and arbitration) and New Jersey cases in Construction Law. This course will culminate in a mock trial. Instructor: John Norton, Esq. CD 405 Basic to Advanced Blueprint Reading 16 sessions; 40 hours; $415 001, T/Th; February 25-May 8, 2013 (no class 3/18, 3/20) Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. This 40-hour course starts as an introduction to blueprints and working drawings, dimensioning and using scales, symbols, sections, profiles and cross sections, details, topography and contour lines, notes and structural drawings. Construction personnel learn in-depth floor plans and abbreviations and symbols. Topics also covered include: topography and elevations, utilizing benchmarks, fire separation assembly, means of egress, and when to call an architect versus an engineer. Required text: Building Trades Print Reading Part 2 Residential & Light Commercial Construction, Building Trades Print Reading Part 2 Plans Building Trades Print Reading Part 3 Heavy Commercial Construction, Building Trades Print Reading Part 3 Plans. Available at the BCC Bookstore ($67 & 65 for Texts). Instructor: Ken Schiller, State Inspector CD 512 Water Resource Management 4 sessions; 8 hours; $185 001, Tue; May 27-June 17, 2014 Learn the meaning of grey water, black water and their safe potential uses. Discover ways to reduce water demands with low flow faucets and fixtures, installation of aerators, and learn about the checklist for water efficiencies. Harvest rainwater to reduce landscape watering needs and turn storm sewer drainage issues into positives. Learn about Xeriscaping, a landscaping method which emphasizes water conservation by utilizing drought resistant plants. Increasing groundwater absorption and water management, permeable paving options, water efficient irrigation design, technology for reducing landscape water use, irrigation system design, plant health care IPM approach, and design principles. This course highlights sustainable solutions to reduce the impact on this precious natural resource. Instructor: TBA CD 466 Construction Project Management & Organization 6 sessions; 18 hours; $240 001, Wed; April 9-May 14, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. This course will provide an overview of the construction industry, exploring focused details on the total sequence from start to finish. Inter-workings between various trades, construction systems, procedures, organizational planning, and decision making techniques will be covered. The management of a construction project, various types, fees and organizational systems will be explained. An overview of roles and responsibilities of various parties will be discussed to establish the flow of action for project completion. At the end of the course, you will put together a master plan for a project. Instructor: Seth Jacobsen, Construction Specialist CD 523 Photovoltaic Design and Installation (Solar Panel Array) 10 sessions; 30 hours; $350 002, T/Th/Sat; April 24-May 22, 2014 (no class 5/13, 5/15, 5/17) Hours: T/Th; 6:30-9:30 p.m.; Sat. Lab Sessions: 9:00 a.m.-12:00 p.m. Location: TEC Building This introductory course teaches the technology and skills required for the design, installation and performance testing of residential and commercial solar systems. Emphasis is placed on understanding the basics of system function, components and design. Learn about PV System maintenance and monitoring issues. Federal, State and Utilities incentives will be discussed. Required Text: Photovoltaic Systems/Edition 2 by James Dunlop. Available at the BCC Bookstore ($125 for Text and Lab Fee $8). Instructor: Kris Pamidi, Certified Solar PV Professional To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 33

CORNERSTONE: GOVERNMENT LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE PROGRAM CORNERSTONE: GOVERNMENT LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE PROGRAM The CornerStone Government Leadership Certificate Program is designed to give managers, directors and executives in all levels of local government and public service institutions a firm foundation of skills and understanding on which to build vibrant organizations for the 21st century. Learn to lead effectively by examining global concepts and applying them to local issues. Equip yourself to move forward and revitalize government and public service to better serve the community. The CornerStone Government Leadership Certificate Program is an excellent opportunity for managers, directors and executives in all levels of local government and public service institutions to develop workplace proficiencies crucial to their success. With further growth of the global economy, it s imperative that leaders in local government understand, interact, and strategically plan in crossfunctional contexts, and efficiently manage resources by making sound financial decisions within operationally complex settings. To obtain a certificate, participants must complete all 7 courses. Courses may be taken individually on a noncertificate basis. The total cost for this 21 hour program is $1150.00. ME 516 Think Globally, Lead Locally 2 sessions; $130 001, Tue/Th; September 17, 19, 2013 Hours: 7:00-10:00 p.m. Location: Meadowlands - Lyndhurst ME 517 Cross-Functional Communication 2 sessions; $130 001, Tue/Th; September 24, 26, 2013 Hours: 7:00-10:00 p.m. Location: Meadowlands - Lyndhurst ME 518 Alternative Dispute Resolution 2 sessions; $130 001, Tue/Th; October 1, 3, 2013 Hours: 7:00-10:00 p.m. Location: Meadowlands - Lyndhurst Alternative Dispute Resolution is a process of resolving disputes that fall outside of the judicial system. This course will focus on ADR within government and teach negotiation, mediation, collaborative law and arbitration. ADR is useful to resolve conflicts within a across a wide spectrum. ME 519 Team Building and Management for Government 4 sessions; $250 001, Tue/Th; October 8, 10, 15, 17, 2013 Hours: 7:00-10:00 p.m. Location: Meadowlands - Lyndhurst Bergen Community College wants to encourage individuals who seek to engage their communities through service in public office. We have designed the Effective Campaign certificate program to help you successfully navigate the world of campaign politics. Anyone who has ever considered making a difference through participating in local government should attend this two-day seminar series. CD 547 Financial Management in Government 2 sessions; $130 001, Tue/Th; October 22, 24, 2013 Hours: 7:00-10:00 p.m. Research and apply sound financial practices and budgeting in the public service arena. Learn to identify potential areas of funding, manage budgetary shortfalls, prepare for capital expenditures, and communicate financial plans and decisions to encourage cooperation and support. CD 548 Strategic Planning and Project Management 3 sessions; $190 001, Tue/Th; Oct. 29, Nov. 2, 7, 2013 (no class 10/31) Hours: 7:00-10:00 p.m. Develop a plan with purpose and vision, setting both short- and longterm goals; Review strategic issues, and learn to carefully plan and organize your efforts; Realize goals by ascertaining resources, budgeting, working within timelines and implementing all phases of a project. CD 550 Emergency Management 3 sessions; $190 001, Tue/Th; November 12, 14, 19, 2013 Hours: 7:00-10:00 p.m. This course is designed to increase the student knowledge base in emergency management within local government. Leaders will learn to address different facets of crisis; including law enforcement, medical response, mass emergency preparedness, proactive response cases and recovery. Certificate in How to Run an Effective Campaign The Effective Campaign Certificate Program is designed for professionals who are planning to run for office or interested in a career in campaign politics. The program consists of 6 seminars designed to encompass the details of running a successful campaign. The program will provide sound guidance in relation to campaign preparation, organization, funding, and communication with the constituents. The cost of this two-day 13 hour seminar program is $660. Participants who attend all 6 sessions will be awarded a certificate upon completion of the program. CE 134 Campaign Planning 1 session; $110 001, Th; September 19, 2013 Hours: 8:00-11:00 a.m. Examine the needs and concerns of your constituency, and assess your strengths and weaknesses as a candidate. Learn skills to manage both time and human resources, and how to develop a campaign message that is critical in shaping your candidacy. CE 135 Building a Campaign Organization 1 session; $96 001, Th; September 19, 2013 Hours: 11:00 a.m.-1:00 p.m. This seminar will examine the key positions of a campaign team such as the campaign manager, fundraising director, treasurer, scheduler, and volunteers. Participants may use this opportunity to consider the thought process behind developing a center of operations. CE 136 Developing a Campaign Message 1 session; $96 001, Th; September 19, 2013 Hours: 3:00-5:00 p.m. Learn to create a compelling message and strategy of communication. Develop a campaign theme to bridge your position and policies to the voter. CE 137 Campaign Communication 1 session; $96 001, Fri; September 20, 2013 Hours: 8:00-11:00 a.m. Devise strategies for developing a press kit, generating letters to the editor, interviewing with the media, developing a media plan, and taking advantage of free press. Utilize tactics to identify and target your voters, contact those voters directly, and develop a get out to vote plan to get them to the polls on Election Day. CE 138 Campaign Fundraising 1 session; $110 001, Fri; September 20, 2013 Hours: 11:00 a.m.-1:00 p.m. This seminar will provide insight into planning a fundraising strategy, drafting a fundraising plan, identifying potential donors, and soliciting funds from small and large groups of constituents. CE 139 The Law and Your Campaign 1 session; $76 001, Fri; September 20, 2013 Hours: 3:00-4:00 p.m. Learn the basic rules for campaigning, including filing your candidacy papers, raising and spending your campaign funds. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 34

CURSOS EN ESPAÑOL COURSE OFFERINGS IN SPANISH CURSOS EN ESPAÑOL La facultad de educación continua es un proveedor líder de educación de adultos. Ofertas de programas diversos y educacionales son instrumentales para al desarrollo de habilidades de la comunidad multicultural. Nuestros programas combinan a profesionales industriales y educativos que abordan las necesidades de crecimiento de la población y facilitan credenciales listas para el trabajo. Actualmente ofrecemos una variedad de cursos introductorios y avanzados. CD 026 PhotoShop CS5 para Impresión 6 sesiones; 18 hours; $340 001, sábados; 21 de septiembre 26 de octubre, 2013 Horas: 9:00 a.m. 12:00 p.m. Local: TBA Este curso está diseñado para dar una base sólida en dos dimensiones del diseño digital. Adobe PhotoShop tiene una interfaz de usuario más intuitiva, el más completo conjunto de herramientas, y el mayor número de libros de re-ferencia en todo. Vamos a explorar el medio ambiente CS5, la resolución de impresión, el tipo de gráfico, el trabajo con selecciones, capas, tipo, estilos, filtros, ajustes de color y como guardar un documento para impresión. Prerequisitos: Antes de tomar este curso, los estudiantes deben estar familiarizados con las funciones básicas de su sistema operativo del ordenador, tales como la creación de carpetas, el lanzamiento de programas, y trabajar con Windows o Mac. Los estudiantes también deben tener conocimientos básicos de aplicación de Windows o Mac, como copiar y pegar objetos, formato de texto, guarder archivos, y así sucesivamente. Instructor: TBA CD 023 Aqui Estoy, Mundo! Diseño Gráfico para una Identidad 8 sesiones; 24 horas; $255 001, martes/jueves; 17 de septiembre 10 de octubre, 2013 Horas: 6:30-9:30 p.m. Local: TBA Pensando en comenzar su propia empresa? Tendrá que comenzar con un nombre un logo fuerte que capte la atención de todos y uno en que el mundo recordará. En esta clase vamos a encontrar un nombre, diseñar un logo, y diseña la papelería. Luego diseñaremos unos anuncios para su empresa en formas divertidas pero conceptuales. También aprenderá a publicar su empresa con folletos y finalmente se guiará a los estudiantes a crear una página del Internet básica con todos los componentes que hemos completado hasta ese día. Además, recibirán un certificado de finalización y obtendrán varias nuevas piezas para su portofolio de diseño. Prerequisitos: Diseño Gráfico Básico. Conocimiento de Adobe In-Design, PhotoShop, Illustrator. Instructor: TBA CD 024 Introducción al PC, Windows, Word, Excel 6 sesiones; 18 horas; $231 001, martes/jueves; 15 de octubre 31 de octubre, 2013 Horas: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Local: TBA Conozca los componentes de un ordenador o computadora tipo PC. Estudiaremos los tipos de almacenamiento del PC, tanto el primario como el secundario, y los dispositivos que hacen posible el almacenamiento de información. Veremos los dispositivos de entrada y de salida. En cuanto al teclado, detallaremos la función de sus teclas más importantes. Y más adelante, veremos las funciones más importantes de Windows, Word y Excel. Instructor: TBA BI 743 Certificado en Digital Marketing 4 sesiones; $240 001, sábados; 1 de noviembre 22 de noviembre, 2013 Horas: 9:00 a.m. 12:00 p.m. Local: TBA Aprenda a satisfacer la necesidad del cambiante mundo del marketing. Marketing y la publicidad es alejarse de una comunicación de una manera basada en papel a una conversación digital. Aprenda cómo la comunicación digital puede ayudarle a conectar mejor, informar e interactuar con sus consumidores, clientes, constituyentes y partes interesadas. Instructor: TBA CD 025 PhotoShop CS5 para el Web 6 sesiones; 18 horas; $340 001, martes/jueves; 5 de noviembre 21 de noviembre, 2013. Horas: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Local: TBA Este curso está diseñado para dar una base sólida en dos dimensiones del diseño digital. Adobe PhotoShop tiene una interfaz de usuario más intuitiva, el más completo conjunto de herramientas, y el mayor número de libros de referencia en todo. Vamos a explorar el medio ambiente CS5, la resolución del web, el tipo de gráfico, el trabajo con selecciones, capas, tipo, estilos, filtros, ajustes de color y como guardar un documento para el web. Prerequisitos: Antes de tomar este curso, los estudiantes deben estar familiarizados con las funciones básicas de su sistema operativo del ordenador, tales como la creación de carpetas, el lanzamiento de programas, y trabajar con Windows o Mac. Los estudiantes también deben tener conocimientos básicos de aplicación de Windows o Mac, como copiar y pegar objetos, formato de texto, guardar archivos, y así sucesivamente. Instructor: TBA To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 35

CULINARY ARTS CULINARY ARTS Food preparation is both an art and a science. If you have a passion for food and a craving to learn, you've come to the right place. Bergen Community College is the resource for food enthusiasts. We have it all Award-winning recipes and expert culinary advice. Come and experience culinary excellence. Certificate in Professional Cooking Learn to cook like a professional! Participate in this exciting culinary program offered through the Department of Hotel, Restaurant and Hospitality. Students may register for these courses through the Division of Continuing Education, status noncredit. Upon successful completion of the 3-course series students will receive a certificate of completion from Bergen Community College s Division of Continuing Education. To obtain a certificate, participants must complete all 3 courses. Courses may be taken individually on a non-certificate basis. A chef s coat or jacket, apron and head covering are required for each course. Materials and supplies, textbooks and lab manuals are available at the BCC Bookstore. SD 008 Professional Food Preparation Techniques 15 sessions; $365 001, Wed; Sept. 4- Dec. 18, 2013 (no class 11/27 ) Hours: 4:55-10:15 p.m. Location: E-193 Must be registered by August 26, 2013 This required course teaches students the professional preparation methods and techniques of both hot and cold foods. Recipe terms, proper measuring and weighing methods, approved handling and serving techniques as well as sanitation and safety in food preparation and presentation will be demonstrated. (HRM103) Required textbook and laboratory manual: Labensky, S.R., Hause, A.M. On Cooking, 4th Ed., Prentice Hall Publishing Co., 2007 and Tolve, A.P., Food Preparation Handbook and Recipe Manual, Custom Academic Publishing Co., 1997. SD 006 Introduction to Baking 15 sessions; $365 001, Fri.; Sept. 6- Dec. 20, 2013 (no class 11/29) Hours: 6:10-10:15 p.m. Location: E-193 Must be registered by August 26, 2013 This course covers the basic theories of baking such as types of flour, leavening agents, oven temperature, and the skill required in producing quality baked products. Hands-on production of breads, cakes, pastries and cookies in a laboratory setting using commercial equipment enhances the learning experience. (HRM110) Required textbook: Gisslen, W., Professional Baking, 5th Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 2009 and Tolve, A.P., Food Preparation Handbook and Recipe Manual, Custom Academic Publishing Co., 1997, Baking Supplement. SD 007 International Cuisine 15 sessions; $365 001, Tue; Sept. 3 -Dec. 17, 2013 (no class 9/10) Hours: 6:10-10:15 p.m. Location: E-193 Must be registered by August 26, 2013 This course explores recipes for the preparation of foods from around the world. For example, French, Italian, Chinese, Japanese, Mexican, and traditional American cuisines are prepared via demonstration and hands-on preparation. (HRM212). ServSafe Certified Food Protection Manager Course New Jersey Chapter 24 requires that by January 2010, most food establishments should have at least one person in charge be certified with a nationally recognized food safety course. ServSafe, the nation s premier course, meets the state s requirement. Don t miss out on one of the last opportunities to comply with the Chapter 24 Food Protection Manager requirement. CD 485 ServSafe Certified Food Protection Manager Course 2 sessions; $150 001, Mon; October 7 & 14, 2013 Hours: 8:30 a.m.-5:30 p.m. on 10/7 8:30 a.m.-10:30 a.m. on 10/14 002, Mon; November 4 & 11, 2013 Hours: 8:30 a.m.-5:30 p.m. on 11/4, 2013 8:30 a.m.-10:30 a.m. on 11/11/13 ServSafe training covers critical principles including foodborne illness prevention, personal hygiene, cross contamination, time and temperature, receiving and storage, food safety management systems, cleaning and sanitation, pest management and training of hourly employees. Required textbook and exam sheet: ServSafe Essentials, 6th Ed., (with exam answer sheet), National Restaurant Association. Available at BCC bookstore. We strongly recommend purchase and review of book prior to start of class. DO NOT REMOVE ANSWER SHEET UNTIL LAST DAY OF CLASS WHEN EXAM WILL BE GIVEN. A score of 75 on the exam is required in order to obtain a Food Protection Manager Certificate. Bring two forms of ID (one photo) to class on day of exam. Participants must attend all classes to be eligible to take the certification exam. Instructor: Paul Cimins To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 36

FASHION DESIGN FASHION DESIGN Learn to design clothes and develop an eye for fashion detail. Use your imagination and ingenuity to create your own designs. In these hands on courses you will learn the basic principles and small details of drawing fashion figures that will enable you to design an entire wardrobe, custom fit just for you! All courses will be offered each semester. After completing these courses, you will receive a certificate of Completion in Fashion Design. Basic Sewing knowledge is helpful. Fashion Design Information Session Saturday, September 21, 2013; 10:00 a.m. at the Technology Building, TEC-119 All are Welcome Instructor s Bio: Adua Celentano, haute couture fashion designer, was educated at the Scuola delle Belle Arti, came to the United States as an exchange student and graduated from NYU incorporating her classic European training with American style. Adua designed fashion apparel for ladies of distinction at her New York midtown studio for over two decades. Previously, she taught at New York s Fashion Institute of Technology. To register for these courses, please call Ria Bloss at (201) 447-7466. CD 452 Sketching 10 sessions; $360 001, Wed; October 2-December 11, 2013 (no class 11/28) You will learn additional professional techniques that will allow you to bring your own designs to life. All levels are welcome. Instructor: Adua Celentano CD 451 Draping 10 sessions; $360 001, Sat; October 5-December 14, 2013 (no class 11/30) Hours: 9:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. This course will get you accustomed to the mannequin, how to visualize your own styles when you are draping, and learn how to fit and create by draping. All levels are welcome. Instructor: Adua Celentano CD 450 Pattern Making 10 sessions; $360 001, Sat; October 5-December 14, 2013 (no class 11/30) Hours: 1:00-4:00 p.m. 002, Tue; October 8-December 10, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. This course will make students accustomed to the mannequin and show them how to visualize more of their styles when they are patternmaking. You will learn how to fit and create more styles by pattern making. All levels are welcome. Please note you must have basic sewing experience. Instructor: Adua Celentano CE 895 Accessories 10 sessions; $360 001, Fri; October 4-December 11, 2013 (no class 11/29) Learn how to coordinate fabrics with accessories, using color, texture and embellishments. You will learn how to make patterns and sew beautiful hats, gloves, belts, scarves, umbrellas, and much more to compliment every outfit. Instructor: Adua Celentano CD 446 Basic Sewing 10 sessions; $300 001, Mon; October 7-December 9, 2013 This course is for those who want to learn how to sew, with little or no prior experience. You will learn the basics of sewing, including how to read commercial patterns. Please bring your own working portable sewing machine to the second class. We will be making a pillow, scarf, an apron, and a valance for your windows, plus some of your own sewing projects. Basic alterations, such as hemming your pants, and fixing your shirts will be covered. Bring a notebook and a pencil and some fabric, and measuring tape. We are going to teach you something very exciting! Instructor: Teresa Cristaldi CD 061 Intermediate & Advanced Sewing 10 sessions; $300 001, Th; October 3-December 12, 2013 (no class 11/28) This course is for the individual who already knows how to sew and wants to improve their skills. We will start by making a sophisticated pillow curtains and drapes. You will also know how to sew clothing such as a skirt and a pair of pants, as well as making alterationsshortening jacket sleeves, and hems. To the first class, please bring a working portable sewing machine to class, fabric, notebook, pencil and measuring tape. Get ready to have fun! Instructor: Teresa Cristaldi Please: Register a minimum of 5 days prior to the start date of each class. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 37

FINANCIAL LITERACY FINANCIAL LITERACY CE 104 Financial Strategies for Successful Retirement 3 sessions; $50 001, Th; Sept. 26, Oct. 3 & 10, 2013 (Make-up 10/17) Hours: 7:00-9:30 p.m. Learn how to prepare for a financially secure retirement. This course provides essential information and tools to assess your current financial situation and develop a personalized plan to reach your retirement goals. Class discussion will be tailored to meet the needs of participants, and you will gain practical hands-on experience. Participants are asked to bring $25 to the first class in order to purchase the workbook directly from the instructors. Registered participants may bring a spouse or guest at no extra cost, but additional workbooks must be purchased separately, if desired. Instructors: Russell Barschi, CLU, CHFC, CSA and Mark Salerno, CFP CE 218 Complete Financial Management Workshop 2 sessions; $45 001, Tue; October 1 & 8, 2013 002, Sat; October 5 & 12, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-12:00 p.m. Learn how to determine the amount of money you will need to retire. In this course you will learn how to plan for retirement, manage investment risks, use tax laws to your advantage, make informed decisions about your company retirement plan, and adjust your estate plan to function properly under the current tax laws. This course includes a workbook of nearly 200 pages of color illustrated text. Instructors: Andrew Arons and Michael March CE 106 How to Make the Most from your Fixed Income Investments 3 sessions; $35 001, Wed; October 9, 16 & 23, 2013 (Make-up 10/30) Hours: 12:00-1:30 p.m. Where do you stand with your fixed income investments in today s volatile political and economic environment? Is your money positioned for income, safety, and flexibility? This course offers detailed insight into the various fixed income investments and bond offerings available in the marketplace. Participants will define and discuss various yield curve scenarios and how to take advantage of them, as well as addressing the significant issue of conservative management of bond investments in changing interest rate environments to meet their financial goals. Instructors: Nicholas G. Poulis, CFP, CRPC, and Thomas P. Kelly, CRPC CE 107 Introduction to Money Management and Investing for Retirement 4 sessions; $45 001, Mon; Oct. 14, 21, 28 & Nov. 4, 2013 (Make-up 11/11) Hours: 12:00-2:00 p.m. 002, Tue; Oct. 15, 22, 29 & Nov. 5, 2013 (Make-up 11/12) Hours: 7:00-9:00 p.m. In four exciting sessions, you will learn the key concepts and strategies to generate a steady income, protect your assets from erosion, minimize taxes, and provide a secure retirement. This course is designed for individuals already retired or planning to retire in the next five to ten years. Learn the six steps in the financial planning process, the principles of portfolio management, and the four steps to proper asset allocation. Explore various types of investments and their characteristics, including tax-free municipal bonds, taxdeferred annuities, stocks, fixed-income investments, money markets and real estate. For your convenience, afternoon and evening sessions are offered. Choose the one that best fits your schedule. Instructors: Nicholas G. Poulis, CFP, CRPC, and Thomas P. Kelly, CRPC To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 38

CERTIFICATE IN GREEN TECHNOLOGIES AND SUSTAINABILITY CERTIFICATE IN GREEN TECHNOLOGIES AND SUSTAINABILITY (Formerly Green Pathways to Employment Program) The Certificate in Green Technologies and Sustainability Program is targeted to offer workforce skills training in a variety of fields with options to test for industry certifications. The program s main focus is the preparation of job ready skills to assist displaced or unemployed workers in obtaining immediate employment opportunities. A one day community service option is available through a local Non-Profit organization that provides home fix-up projects. This Day of Service offers students the opportunity to practice newly acquired knowledge and skills for the benefit of others. Green Technologies and Sustainability Program Course Information Details and Training Sessions Videos are available online please visit us at Bergen.edu/continuinged Green Technologies and Sustainability Course Details and Training Sessions Videos are Available Online Please visit us at: www.bergen.edu/continuinged Bergen Community College proudly presents The Green Technologies and Sustainability Program at 220 hours in length these courses focuses on developing work skills and training strategies for the emerging industries of Sustainability, Renewable Energy, and Energy Efficiency sector jobs. In addition to specialized job related training, a broad knowledge base of alternative energy, energy reduction strategies, resource management, waste management and sustainability awareness is offered. These courses are for adults and vocational students, age 18 and over, who are at a crossroads and looking for a new direction. Our instructors are expert professionals currently working their respective industries, giving our students the unique ability to learn cutting edge information. No prerequisites are required. This program may take 2 semesters to complete. After a student has completed 60 hours in the program, our placement professional will assist them with resume preparation and with locating potential employment opportunities. Some Courses qualify for professional recertification hours. Students can sign up for the entire certificate program or individual course(s); the tuition cost is $3,660 books and a material fee is an additional $340.00, totaling $4,000.00 and does not include testing fees. The allinclusive course number is CD 520-001. Instructors: Roseanne Crisafi, LEED- GA, C; Michael Kornegay, Senior VP Pella Windows & Doors; Craig Doolittle, TRC Solutions; Klas Haglid, Haglid Engineering Inc.; Jeff Lewis, Etomic Construction Management, Terrence Moran, Sustainability Professional; Tracey Miceli, Sales & Retail Specialist; Kris Pamidi, Certified Solar PV Professional; William Rose, BCHCM - Certified Safety Professional, FEMA Certified Instructor; Tomasz Rybak, TMR Associates AIA; Ken Schiller, State Certified Inspector: Bruce Wolf, Senior Consultant Garden State Environmental, Alex Yaworski, Emerx Power Independent Energy Consultant. For more information contact Roseanne Crisafi at rcrisafi@bergen.edu or 201-447-7863. Green Technologies and Sustainability Courses CD 058 Ten-hour OSHA Construction Industry Safety Certification 2 sessions; 10 hours; $165 001, Sat; October 19 & 26, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-3:30 p.m. 2 sessions; 10 hours; $165.00 002, Sat; February 22-March 1, 2014 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-3:30 p.m. This 10-hour course is designed for construction workers as an ideal orientation to those who are new to construction sites, maintenance workers and others, those associated with construction projects and as a reminder those working in a variety of building related industries about the hazards associated with the construction industry. Upon successful course completion a $5.00 fee is due to the instructor to receive the 10 Hour Construction Safety OSHA Certification Card. Instructor: William Rose, Saint Mary s Hospital, Facilities-Engineering Director. BCHCM - Certified Safety Professional, FEMA Certified Instructor CD 581 Environmental Testing 5 sessions; 12 hours; $220 001, Tue; October 1-29, 2013 Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. In order to be able to manage environmental contaminants, you must first be able to measure them and understand what the results mean. Environmental testing techniques have been developed to help scientists, engineers and decision makers assess environmental risk and take steps to assure the safety of people and the ecosystem. Take this course and learn about environmental testing procedures and how these techniques can help us protect people and the environment. Instructor: Craig Doolittle, P.E., TRC Solutions CD 515 Windows & Doors 4 sessions; 8 hours; $225 001, Wed; October 2-23, 2013 Hands on Training Session: 6:30-8:30 p.m., Pella Factory West Caldwell, NJ This course offers practical ways to increase energy efficiency through the replacement window and door industry. Learn about a variety of ratings information, the wide array of options and materials available, and how to select products that will contribute to LEED points. Complete skills training workshops on proper removal, disposal and installation methods will be conducted. Earn seven CE Units issued by the AIA, American Institute of Architects, for Health Safety & Welfare, or HSW. 7 AIA-CEU/HSW credits. A component of this class will take place in the Pella warehouse. Instructor: Michael Korengay, Pella Windows & Doors. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 39

CERTIFICATE IN GREEN TECHNOLOGIES AND SUSTAINABILITY CD 508 Sustainability Concepts 8 sessions; 20 hours; $260 001, Th; October 3-December 5, 2013 (no class 10/31, 11/28) Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. Discover what sustainability really means through this in depth study of the terms, concepts and examples of sustainable development and the inter relationship of stakeholders. Gain an understanding of the goals and expressions involved in sustainable development. Learn how life cycle assessments can benefit the long range sustainability goals by making smart choices you can achieve results on many levels and lessen negative impacts. Instructor: Terrance Moran, Sustainability Specialist CD 523 Photovoltaic Design and Installation (Solar Panel Array) 10 sessions; 30 hours; $350 001, Sat; October 5-December 14, 2013 (no class 11/30) Hours: 9:00 a.m.-12:00 p.m. Location: TEC Building This introductory course teaches the technology and skills required for the design, installation and performance testing of residential and commercial solar systems. Emphasis is placed on understanding the basics of system function, components and design. Learn about PV System maintenance and monitoring issues. Federal, State and Utilities incentives will be discussed. Instructor: Kris Pamidi, Certified Solar PV Professional Required Text: Photovoltaic Systems/ Edition 2 by James Dunlop. Text available in BCC Bookstore. CD 514 Indoor Air Quality ( IAQ) 4 sessions; 10 hours; $235 001, Mon; October 7-28, 2013 Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. In this overview of Indoor Air Quality learn the facts about indoor elements that can contribute to health effects like allergies, asthma, headaches and more. Identify sources for common contaminants like mold, lead, asbestos, formaldehyde, hazardous chemical and other environmental contaminants. Learn how to reduce the risk of indoor toxins and the methods used to detect them. Student will gain knowledge on Indoor Air Quality issues, preventative and control measures that can be beneficial to improving the indoor environment and how indoor air quality is impacted by modern construction and energy efficiency methods. Instructor: Bruce Wolf, Senior Vice President/Sr. Environmental Health Consultant Garden State Environmental CD 509 Blueprint Reading Basics 12 sessions; 30 hours; $365 001, M/W; Nov. 6 Dec.16, 2013 (no class 11/27) Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. This 30-hour course starts as an introduction to blueprints and working drawings, dimensioning and using scales, symbols, sections, profiles and cross sections, details, topography and contour lines, notes and structural drawings. Construction personnel learn in-depth floor plans and abbreviations and symbols. Topics also covered include: topography and elevations, utilizing benchmarks, fire separation assembly, means of egress, and when to call an architect versus an engineer. Prerequisite Required: This course must be completed before taking CD 581 Construction Estimating Basics. Required Text: Building Trades Print Reading Part 2 Residential & Light Commercial Construction, Building Trades Print Reading Part 2 Plans. Available in the BCC Bookstore - $67. Instructor: Ken Schiller, State Inspector Courses Offered in the Spring CD 477 Smart Home Construction & Sustainability 4 sessions; 12 hours; $225 001, Sat; January 25-February 15, 2014 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-12:00 p.m. Discover the principles of smart construction and green building attributes. Learn about the difference between sustainable and green. This course will outline some of the ways you can build a safer healthier environment through the use of new materials, sustainable and recycled products. You will learn about energy efficiency, reducing consumption, reclaimed and recycled materials. Planning your project to maximize or minimize natural elements. Discover how to qualify purchases and materials with resources and agencies. Instructor: Roseanne Crisafi, LEED GA, Green Advantage Certified CD 582 Construction Estimating Basics 10 sessions; 20 hours; $295 001, M/W; February 3 March 5, 2014 An introduction to construction estimating basics including reading blueprints and working drawings, dimensioning, using scales, symbols, sections, profiles and sections, details and notes. Learn material take-offs and computations, pricing, labor requirements, cost factors, and other information involved in project estimating. Prerequisite Required: CD 509 Blueprint Reading Basics, or experience reading blueprints. Instructor: Jeff Lewis, Construction Management CD 578 Waste Management & Reduction 5 sessions; 12 hours; $220 001, Tue; February 4-March 4, 2014 Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. Eliminating waste by not generating it in the first place is the best way to minimize human and industrial environmental footprints. Waste management practices have evolved over the last 50 years to accomplish that essential objective. Take this course and learn about how waste management and reduction programs have developed in the US, the regulations and technologies that have emerged to support that development and practical approaches that can be employed to continually reduce our impacts on our environment. Approved for 10 classroom CEU s for NJCRP Professionals. Instructor: Craig Doolittle, P.E., TRC Solutions CD 511 Understanding Alternative Energy & Economics 8 sessions; 16 hours; $245 001, Th; February 6-April 3, 2014 (no class 3/20) Learn about the array of existing and emerging renewable energy technologies, from photovoltaics to geothermal and understand operation concepts. Life cycle analysis from material extraction, manufacture through use, allows workers to communicate costs, benefits and incentives on renewable energy and energy efficiency projects. Gain an understanding about supply, demand, state regulations and the economics of energy. Instructor: TBA CD 058 Ten Hour OSHA Construction Industry Safety Certification 2 sessions; 10 hours; $165 002, Sat; February 22-March 1, 2014 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-3:30 p.m. This 10-hour course is designed for construction workers as an ideal orientation to those who are new to construction sites, maintenance workers and others, those associated with construction projects and as a reminder those working in a variety of building related industries about the hazards associated with the construction industry. Upon successful course completion a $5.00 fee is due to the instructor to receive the 10 Hour Construction Safety OSHA Certification Card. Instructor: William Rose, Saint Mary s Hospital, Facilities-Engineering Director. BCHCM - Certified Safety Professional, FEMA Certified Instructor CD 513 Customer Service, & Retail Sales 10 sessions; 20 hours; $250 001, Mon; March 10-June 9, 2014 (no class 3/17, 4/14, 5/12, 5/26) Gain a new competitive advantage selling green. Identify tax rebates, financial incentives and make customer service complete by assisting with preparing rebates and filing forms. Environmental programs can have positive effects on increased sales and profitability. Customers want to know they re supporting a sustainable, responsible company whose values align with theirs. Training sessions are provided to improve communication and work preparedness skills. Instructor: Tracey Miceli, Retail Specialist To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 40

CERTIFICATE IN GREEN TECHNOLOGIES AND SUSTAINABILITY CD 510 Weatherization Techniques 6 sessions; 12 hours; $245 001, Wed; March 26-May 21, 2014 (no class 5/14) Save energy by creating a more energy efficient building envelope. Participants will learn principles of air leakage and some key ways buildings are influenced by increased air tightening, mechanical exhaust devices and moisture movement. Determine the most cost effective air sealing guidelines and minimum ventilation requirements for occupants health and safety. Understand the principles of the blower door test. An energy audit is the first step to increasing energy efficiency. Once energy use is assessed then improvements to increase efficiency, lower bills and enhance health and comfort levels. Required Text: Residential Energy: Cost Savings and Comfort for Existing Buildings / 6 th Edition by John Krigger Available at the BCC Bookstore. Instructor: Klas Haglid, Engineer CD 523 Photovoltaic Design and Installation (Solar Panel Array) 10 sessions; 30 hours; $350 002, T/Th/Sat; April 22-May 22, 2014 (no class 5/13, 5/15, 5/17) Hours: T/Th; 630-9:30 p.m.; Sat. Lab Sessions: 9:00 a.m.-12:00 p.m. Location: TEC Building This introductory course teaches the technology and skills required for the design, installation and performance testing of residential and commercial solar systems. Emphasis is placed on understanding the basics of system function, components and design. Learn about PV System maintenance and monitoring issues. Federal, State and Utilities incentives will be discussed. Required Text: Photovoltaic Systems/Edition 2 by James Dunlop. Available at the BCC Bookstore. Instructor: Kris Pamidi, Certified Solar PV Professional CD 512 Water Resource Management 4 sessions; 8 hours; $185 001, Tue; May 27-June 17, 2014 Learn the meaning of grey water, black water and their safe potential uses. Discover ways to reduce water demands with low flow faucets and fixtures, installation of aerators, and learn about the checklist for water efficiencies. Harvest rainwater to reduce landscape watering needs and turn storm sewer drainage issues into positives. Learn about Xeriscaping, a landscaping method which emphasizes water conservation by utilizing drought resistant plants. Increasing groundwater absorption and water management, permeable paving options, water efficient irrigation design, technology for reducing landscape water use, irrigation system design, plant health care IPM approach, and design principles. This course highlights sustainable solutions to reduce the impact on this precious natural resource. Instructor: TBA CD 518 Green Advantage Test Prep 4 sessions; 10 hours; $185 002, Th; May 29 June 19, 2014 Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. This class is designed to prepare you to take the Green Advantage Exam, Commercial or Residential series and will assist you in gaining a deeper understanding of the concepts of Green Building. Learn the fundamentals of green construction practices, green rating systems like LEED, Green Globes, NAHB and get practical information on engaging in environmentally sustainable practices. The test fee of $175 is additional and students must register online at Green Advantage.org. Instructor: Roseanne Crisafi, LEED GA, Green Advantage Certified CD 518 Green Advantage Test Offered Test session; 2 Hours; 001, Mon; June 23, 2014 Hours: 9:30-11:30 a.m. Students wishing to take this exam must register directly with Green Advantage and select Bergen Community College as your testing center, two forms of ID are required to sit for the test, and one must be a photo State ID. For assistance registering for this exam visit the Green Advantage website at http://www.greenadvantage.org/ or contact Roseanne Crisafi at rcrisafi@bergen.edu Program Schedule: Total Hours of Instruction: 220 Performance Based Activities Scoring: Job Skills Scorecard Learning and training sessions are assessed with projects and exams on a regular basis to confirm progress in acquiring course objectives and required job skills. These assessments will be used as a guide to rate each student s level of achievement. A certificate of completion will be issued by the Bergen Community College Division of Continuing Education at the end of each successfully completed course and at the end of the program. For a course to be completed successfully all required course material must be completed including assigned projects, labs and assessments along with an 80% or better attendance record. ATTENTION MAKERS! COMING SOON IN THE TECHNOLOGY BUILDING: MAKER-SPACE! Bergen Community College, in partnership with Bergen County Academies, will open a public maker-space this fall for local inventors, programmers, craftsmen and hobbyists. Become a member and craft and create in our state-of-the-art Manufacturing Technology Lab (TEC-101), as well as the Electronics Shop at Bergen County Academies in Hackensack. For details, contact us at MakerSpace@bergen.edu, or call 201-447-7863. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 41

HEALTH PROFESSIONS Health Professions Career Information Session Multiple listings and opportunities Please visit the college website for dates and times www.bergen.edu Employment Training Opportunities HH 183 Home Health Aide Certification Program $695 001, 15 sessions; T/Th/Sat; September 17 October 10, 2013 Hours: 5:00-10:00 p.m.; Sat.; 9:00 a.m.-3:00 p.m. Location: CLC-Hackensack Instructor: Ellen Martinez-Cue, RN 002, 14 sessions; Mon-Fri; September 23 October 10, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m. 3:00 p.m. Location: CLC-Hackensack Instructor: Christine Giordano, RN 003, 14 sessions; Mon-Fri; October 14 November 7, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m. 3:00 p.m. Location: CLC-Hackensack Instructor: Christine Giordano, RN 004, 15 sessions; T/Th/Sat; October 29 November 23, 2013 Hours: 5:30-10:00 p.m.; Sat; 9:00 a.m.-3:00 p.m. Location: CLC-Hackensack Instructor: Ellen Martinez-Cue, RN 005, 15 sessions; Mon-Fri; December 2 December 20, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-3:00 p.m. Location: CLC-Hackensack Instructor: Christine Giordano, RN Certified Home Health Aides (CHHA) are in demand in the workforce due to the increasing need to provide care for patients in the home. This 76-hour course is approved by the NJ State Board of Nursing and follows an outlined curriculum set by this credentialing agency. The course provides skills training specific to home and hospice patient populations and requires 60 hours of classroom and 16 hours of clinical laboratory instruction. Students will learn to care for ill and disabled individuals confined to their home or as a private care assistant in a nursing home environment. Upon successful completion of this course the candidate is eligible to apply for registration and certification from the NJ State Board of Nursing. Please be advised that students will be required to be fingerprinted and must submit to a criminal background check in order to register and become certified through the NJ Board of Nursing. This requires additional fees not reflected in the tuition ($80). HEALTH PROFESSIONS Are you contemplating a career in the health care industry? Are you currently employed as a health care professional? If so, please consider registering for courses listed in this section to help reach your educational and professional goals. The School of Continuing Education, Corporate and Public Sector Training provides initial job training in health care as well as career enhancing professional development programs. Bergen Community College is an approved provider of continuing education units (CEU s) and contact hours for multiple accrediting organizations. Whether you are embarking on a new career in health care or are a seasoned expert, our courses provide quality, student-focused learning opportunities. HH 287 Accelerated Certified Home Health Aide (CHHA) Program $150 001, 2 sessions; Sat; October 12 & 19, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-2:30 p.m. Location: CLC 108-Hackensack Instructor: Ellen Martinez, RN 002, 2 sessions; Sat; December 7 & 14, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-2:30 p.m. Location: CLC 108-Hackensack Instructor: Ellen Martinez, RN This 10-hour course is designed to train and certify current licensed Certified Nursing Assistants (CNA) to provide home care to patients as Certified Home Health Aides (CHHA). Additional license is granted by the NJ State Board of Nursing and will provide a mechanism for dual certification permitting current CNA s to work in the home or the opportunity to seek employment as a Certified Home Health Aide. Prerequisite: Must have current, unexpired NJ CNA license issued by the Department of Health and Senior Services at the time of registration and throughout this course. You must present copy of license first day of class. No refunds will be granted if student is unable to produce required documentation on the first day of class. NO EXCEPTIONS! HH 772 Certified Nursing Assistant Training Course 23 sessions; $1,275 Certified Nursing Assistants (CNAs) have been identified as the third largest growing occupation in response to the increasing need for senior care in long-term care facilities, rehabilitation centers, and senior housing. This program is designed to meet this challenge by providing 50 hours of classroom and 40 hours of clinical instruction to prepare the student for the New Jersey State Certified Nursing Assistant Certification Exam. Students will learn to care for ill and disabled individuals confined to nursing or residential facilities. Class size is limited. Textbook provided. The $76 State Exam fee is additional. Purchase of white scrubs (uniform) and white sneakers are required for clinical practice area. Prerequisite: Complete physical, fingerprinting, and criminal background check. Please contact the Division of Continuing Education (201) 447-7488 upon registration to have a course information packet sent to you. State exam fees additional $76 at the end of the course for certification. 001 09/09/13-10/11/13 M-F 9:30 am - 2:30 p.m. CLC-108 Janet Watkins RN 002 09/23/13-10/24/13 M-Th 5:00 pm - 10:00 p.m. CLC 108 Rita Coleman RN 003 10/14/13-11/15/13 M-F 9:30 am - 2 30 p.m. E170 Paramus Janet Watkins RN 004 10/28/13-12/04/13 M-Th 5:00 pm-10:00 p.m. CLC-108 Rita Coleman RN (no class 11/27, 11/28, 11/29) 005 11/11/13-12/18/13 M-F 9:30 am - 2 30 p.m. CLC-108 Janet Watkins RN (no class 11/28 & 11/29) HH 807 CNA Recertification Testing $160 Skills retesting for Certified Nursing Assistants with expired licenses. By appointment only. For eligibility requirements and further information about registration, please contact the Division of Continuing Education (201) 447-7488. (State examination fees additional.) If you are not sure if you qualify to take a Recertification course, please call the Department of Health and Senior Services, Certified Nursing Assistant Unit 866-561-5914 To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 42

HEALTH PROFESSIONS Certified Patient Care Technician (CPCT) Program The Patient Care Technician Program provides training in multiple skills utilized in health care. This program is intended for individuals that wish to pursue an initial entry into the health care field or current workers that wish to upgrade present skills to enhance employment marketability. This program is presented in four (4) modules and requires a total of 300 hours to complete. Upon successful completion of all modules, the participant will qualify to take the national examination for certification as a Patient Care Technician (PCT). In addition, the PCT will also achieve national certification as a Certified EKG/ECG Technician (CET) and Certified Phlebotomy Technician (CPT) as each module is successfully completed. Prerequisite: HS Diploma or GED equivalent. REQUIRED MODULES (4): Total - 300 hours (Approximately 5 months) 1. HH 211 Electrocardiography (ECG/EKG) Technician Certification Program - 60 hrs 2. HH 193 Phlebotomy Technician Certification Program - 80 hrs 3. HH 772 Certified Nursing Assistant (CNA) Program - 90 hrs 4. HH 190 PCT - Advanced Patient Care Skills (includes CPR Certification) - 70 hrs HH 211 Electrocardiography (ECG/EKG) Technician Certification Program $795 (textbook and lab fees included) 001, 12 Sessions; Mon-Th; September 9 September 26, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m. 2:00 p.m. Location: E-168 Instructor: Thomas Forti, RN 002, 12 sessions; M/W; September 9 October 16, 2013 Hours: 5:00-10:00 p.m. Location: E-168 Instructor: Dr S. Badivuku 003, 12 Sessions; Mon-Th; October 7-October 24, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m. 3:00 p.m. Location E-168 Instructor: TBA 004, 12 sessions; Mon-Th; October 21 November 7, 2013 Hours 10:00 a.m. 3:00 p.m. Location: E-168 Instructor: TBA 005, 12 sessions; M/W; October 21-December 4, 2013 Hours: 5:00-10:00 p.m. Location: E-168 Instructor: Dr. S. Badivuku This 60-hour course prepares students to enhance job skills and performance in hospitals, cardiology offices, cardiac rehabilitation centers, nursing homes and continued care facilities. Proper 12 lead ECG electrode placements, performance, troubleshooting technical problems, and application of a 24-hour Holter Monitor will be practiced. Recognition of normal and abnormal tracings, medical terminology and medical abbreviations applicable to ECG s will be discussed. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be presented with a course completion certificate and are eligible to take the national certification examination for Certified ECG/EKG Technician on the test date listed (test fees are approximately $105 and are not included in the price of tuition). Prerequisite: High School Diploma/GED HH 193 Phlebotomy Technician Certification Program 16 sessions; $1,500 (textbook + lab fees, lab coat included) 001, Mon-Th; Sept. 9, 2013-Oct. 3, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m. 3:00 p.m. Location: E-180 Instructor: Denise Johnson, RN 002 M/W; Sept. 9 Oct. 31, 2013 Hours: 5:00 10:00 pm Location: E-180 Instructor: Dr. Ali Saleh 003, T/Th; Oct. 22 Dec. 12, 2013 (no class 11/28) Hours: 5:00 10:00 p.m. Location: E-180 Instructor: Dr. Ali Saleh 004, Mon-Th; Oct. 28-Nov. 21, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m. 3:00 p.m. Location: E-180 Instructor: Thomas Forti, RN 005, Mon-Th; Nov. 25-Dec. 20, 2013 (no class 11/28) Hours: 10:00 a.m. 3:00 p.m. Location: E-180 Instructor: Thomas Forti, RN During this 80-hour course instruction will be provided in order to secure an entry level position as a Phlebotomy Technician within the health care industry. A review of anatomy and physiology of the hemapoetic system and common blood diseases are discussed along with associated medical terminology. During clinical laboratory sessions, students perform technical skills for collecting capillary and venipuncture blood specimens on manikin and human subjects according to OSHA standards. Proof of Hepatitis B series immunization is required at the time of registration. Upon successful completion of this course students will be eligible to take the national certification examination for Certified Phlebotomy Technician (CPT). (Test fees are approximately $105 and are not included in the price of tuition). Prerequisite: High School Diploma/GED. HH 294 EKG/Phlebotomy Technician Certification Program 23 sessions; $2,295 (textbooks and lab fees, lab coat included) 001, Mon-Th; Sept. 9-Oct. 24, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m. 2:00 p.m. Location: E-170 Instructor: Thomas Forti, RN This 140-hour course will provide skills training as an Electrocardiography Technician as well as a Phlebotomy Technician. Combination of skills can be used to obtain employment in hospitals, physician offices and a number of health care settings. Practice on human subjects is required during this course which accounts for clinical laboratory hours required for certification. Upon successful completion of this program the student is eligible to sit for the National Healthcareer Association EKG/Phlebotomy Technician Certification Examination. Test fees are approximately $210 and are not included in the price of tuition. Textbooks for Phlebotomy and EKG are required for this program and are included in the price of tuition. Textbooks are distributed on the first day of the course. Prerequisite: High School Diploma/GED HH 190 Patient Care Technician (PCT) -Advanced Patient Care Skills 17 sessions; $960 (textbook included) 001, Mon.-Th; Sept. 9 Oct. 3, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m.-3:00 p.m. Location: E-168 Instructor: Susan Thompson, RN 002, Mon.-Th; Sept. 9 Oct. 3, 2013 Hours: 5:00-10:00 p.m. Location: E-170 Instructor: Thomas Collins, RN 003, Mon.-Th; Oct. 28 Nov. 21, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m.-3:00 p.m. Location: E-168 Instructor: Susan Thompson, RN 004, Mon-Th; Oct. 28 Nov. 21, 2013 Hours: 5:00 10:00 p.m. Location E-170 Instructor: Thomas Collins, RN 001, Mon.-Th; Jan. 6-Jan. 30, 3014 Hours: 10:00 a.m.-3:00 p.m. Location: E-168 Instructor: Susan Thompson, RN This 70-hour course will instruct the student in nursing assistant skills required to work in acute and sub-acute care facilities. Practice on actual equipment used will be included in the required clinical laboratory sessions. Training in emergency procedures includes Basic Life Support and First Aid education and certification. Prerequisite: High School Diploma/GED Pharmacy Technician Certification Program This 164-hour program is designed to prepare students to enter the pharmacy field and take the Pharmacy Technician Certification Board s (PTCB) OR the ExCPT examination. Pharmacy Technicians work in hospitals, home infusion pharmacies, community pharmacies and other health care settings working under the supervision of a registered pharmacist. Course content includes a full course in medical terminology, reading and interpreting prescriptions and defining drugs by generic and brand names. Students will review dosage calculations, I.V. flow rates, drug compounding, dose conversions, dispensing of prescriptions, inventory control and billing and reimbursement. Please note: strong mathematic skills are required for this course and completion of a medical dose and calculations and medical terminology prerequisite courses are required prior to the student entering the core pharmacology portion of the program. REQUIRED MODULES (3): Total 160 hours 1. HY 007 (hybrid course eves) OR HH 266 (live session days) - Medical Terminology for Health Professions - 48 hrs / See hybrid courses (evenings) 2. HH 301 - Drug Dose and Calculations for Health Professions Course - 36 hrs 3. HH 267 - Pharmacy Technician Core Course - 80 hrs HH 266 Medical Terminology for Health Professions 10 sessions; $750 (includes textbook) 001, M/T; Oct. 7 Nov. 5, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m. 3:00 p.m. Instructor: TBA HH 301 Drug Dose and Calculations for Health Professions 10 sessions; $600 (includes textbook) 001, M/W;Sept. 16 Oct. 23, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Location: E-170 Instructor: Ellen Martinez-Cue, RN 002, W/Th; Oct. 9 Oct. 31, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m. 2 :00 p.m. Instructor: TBA Students will learn the practice and principles of medical dosing and calculations. Metric and apothecary systems will be reviewed. Medical conversion, pediatric and adult dosing and IV flow rate calculations will be practiced during in-class sessions. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 43

HEALTH PROFESSIONS HH 267 Pharmacy Technician Core Course $1,075 001, T/Th; Oct. 29-Dec.19, 2013 Hours: 5:00-10:00 p.m. Location: E-167 Instructor: TBA 002, Mon-Th; Nov. 4 Dec. 3, 2013 (no class 11/28, 11/29) Hours: 9:30 a.m. 3:00 p.m. Instructor: TBA Under the supervision of a qualified instructor, students will learn to prepare medications and assist customers in a hospital or retail setting. Students practice receiving incoming prescriptions, transcribing physicians orders, calculating doses, preparing IVs, packaging medications, filling patients cassettes, labeling, inventory management, register functions and customer service through lecture and clinical laboratory simulation. Textbook is required for this course and is included in the tuition rate. Textbook will be distributed on the first day of class. Pre/Co-requisites: Medical Terminology for Health Professions; Drug Dose and Calculations Course Central Sterile Supply Technician Certification Course This 48-hour course provides students with theoretical and practical skills required to decontaminate, sterilize, prepare, assemble and dispense surgical and procedural instruments. Technicians are hired by acute care facilities and ambulatory facilities responsible for performance of sterile surgical procedures. Upon completion of the 48- hour theory portion of the program students will continue their studies by working in the clinical setting. A 400 hour clinical rotation to area hospitals and outpatient surgical centers provide hands on workplace experience and students will become eligible to sit for the Certified Registered Central Service Technician examination administered by International Association of Healthcare Central Service Materiel Management (IAHCSMM). All students must have a physical examination and a criminal background check prior to clinical rotation to any healthcare facility. These are additional costs that are not included in the tuition. HY 008 Central Sterile Supply Technician Certification Course 8 sessions; $1550 (includes textbook) 001, Wed; Sept. 25 Nov. 13, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Location: S-237 Instructor: Michele Dembin, RN, CST This 48-hour course provides students with theoretical and practical skills required to decontaminate, sterilize, prepare, assemble and dispense surgical and procedural instruments. Technicians are hired by acute care facilities and ambulatory facilities responsible for performance of sterile surgical procedures. Upon completion of the 48 hour theory portion of the program students will continue their studies by working in the clinical setting for a required 400 hour clinical internship. This internship will provide rotation to area hospitals and outpatient surgical centers. Student s will be provided with hands on workplace experience and become eligible to sit for the Certified Registered Central Service Technician examination administered by International Association of Healthcare Central Service Materiel Management (IAHC- SMM). All students must have a physical examination and a criminal background check prior to clinical rotation to any healthcare facility. The physical examination is an additional cost which is not included in the tuition. The criminal background check is included in the price of tuition. Upon registration for this course an information packet will be sent to you regarding the physical examination forms and how to access the criminal background check. Healthcare Billing and Coding Certification Program This 220-hour program is designed to prepare students for an entry level position as a medical biller/coder for the outpatient or physician office setting. Students will receive detailed instruction regarding the following: medical terminology; HIPPA regulations; U.S. Health Insurance system and managed care: ICD 9 & 10, CPT & HCPCS Coding, life cycle of a claim, posting payments, use of electronic medical records, fraud detection and more. This course is designed to give students the actual hands-on of the profession. Students will code and bill claims on a CMS forms as well as Medisoft software. Please be advised this course may require students to take certain portions of this program at two different campuses (Meadowlands and Hackensack) depending on technology needs and available classroom space. Required Texts: Available at the bookstore. Textbooks for this course are multiple and require additional fees of approximately $500 for all modules. REQUIRED MODULES (5): Total 220 hours 1. HY 007 - Medical Terminology for Health Professions (hybrid course) eves or 48 hrs HH 266 Medical Terminology for Health Professions (live session) days - 48 hours 2. HH 268 - Medical Billing and Insurance - 40 hrs 3. HH 269 - ICD-9 and ICD 10-60 hrs 4. HH 270 - CPT Coding - 40 hrs 5. HH 271 - Software Application Using Medisoft - 32 hrs HY 007 Medical Terminology for Health Professions 6 live sessions + online sessions; $750 (textbook included) 001, Friday Sept. 13 Oct. 25, 2013 Hours: 6:00-10:00 p.m. Location: Main Campus, Paramus Instructor: Dr. Ali Saleh 002, November 1 December 13, 2013 (no class 11/29) Hours: 6:00 10:00 p.m. Location: Main Campus, Paramus Instructor: Dr. Ali Saleh This 48-hour course is designed to provide a foundation for all health profession programs and is a prerequisite for most courses. Students will learn the universal language of medicine by identifying word roots, prefixes and suffixes commonly used in the healthcare industry in order to provide effective communication related to patient care. Portions of this course will be provided as in-class lecture and presentations and other sessions will be held online. All students are required to participate in the online portion of the program as directed by the instructor. A specialized textbook is required for this course with online access code included. Textbook distributed on first day of the course. Prerequisite: High School Diploma/GED HH 268 Medical Billing and Insurance 10 sessions; $650 001, T/Th; Oct. 22 Nov. 21, 2013 Hours: 6:00-10:00 p.m. Location: Meadowlands Campus - Lyndhurst Instructor: Jaime Lijo, CSS This 40-hour course is designed to introduce students to the medical billing process by providing a thorough understanding of the role of the insurance industry in the U.S. Insurance plans, managed care, medical contracts and ethics will be discussed in detail. Students will learn about the different types of insurance offered to participants and how to apply for reimbursement through the billing process. Textbook is required and is available at the BCC Bookstore (main campus Paramus). Pre/Co-requisite: Medical Terminology for Health Professions HH 266 or PC 004. HH 300 ICD-9 & ICD 10 Level 1 10 sessions; $750 001 T/Th; Dec. 3, 2013 Jan. 23, 1014 (no classes 12/23/13-01/06/14) Hours: 6:00-10:00 p.m. Location: Meadowlands Campus - Lyndhurst Instructor: Jaime Lijo, CSS-P Students will learn the ICD 9 CM and ICD 10 classification system and how to interpret information from patients charts and classify and assign the appropriate codes. Areas of study: Practices, characteristics and conventions of ICD 9 and 10 CM coding, case histories, current industry standards, financial implications, and ethical and legal implications. Bundled textbooks are required for this course and will be used for this course and HH 270. Bundled textbooks are available at the BCC Bookstore (main campus-paramus). Prerequisite: Medical Terminology for Health Professions HH 266 or PC 004 & Medical Billing and Insurance. HH 270 CPT Level 1 10 sessions; $650 001, T/Th; Jan. 28 Feb. 27, 2014 Hours: 6:00-10:00 p.m. Location: Meadowlands Campus - Lyndhurst Instructor: Jaime Lijo, CSS CPT coding is required to bill for medical services and procedures in medical practices, emergency rooms, ambulatory surgery centers and other facilities. The focus of Level 1 is coding for medical practices. Areas of study: CPT guidelines, using the CPT book, modifiers, evaluation and management codes, anesthesia, surgery, radiology, pathology codes, HCPCS, and an introduction to operative report coding and chart auditing. Prerequisite: Medical Terminology for Health Professions Medical Billing and Insurance and ICD- 9 & 10 Level 1 HH 271 Software Application Using Medisoft 8 sessions; $450 001, T/Th; March 4 April 3, 2014 Hours: 6:00-10:00 p.m. Location: Meadowlands Campus - Lyndhurst Instructor: Jaime Lijo, CSS Students will learn the process of entering charges correctly into a computer data base and how to generate accurate CMS-1500 forms for Medicare services through the use of Medisoft software for physician s office which is the most widely used software program for medical billing purposes. Textbook is required and is available at the BCC Bookstore (main campus Paramus). Prerequisites: Medical Terminology for Health Professions; Medical Billing and Insurance; ICD-9 Level 1; CPT Level 1. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 44

HEALTH PROFESSIONS Certified Alcohol and Drug Counseling (CADC) Program Bergen Community College is a provider of the 270 course hours required by the Addiction Professionals Certification Board of New Jersey, Inc. (APCBNJ, INC.) in order to begin the process of becoming a Certified Alcohol and Drug Counselor (CADC) within the State of New Jersey. Course hours are provided in five sections called Domains. Students may enroll at any time to begin the lecture series process until all five (5) Domains have been completed. Prerequisite: High School Diploma/GED. Additional Certification Requirements: In order to qualify to become a Certified Alcohol and Drug Counselor (CADC) in the state of New Jersey, in addition to course hours provided by the college, the candidate must also demonstrate evidence of the following: 3,000 hours of field experience (paid or voluntary) under the supervision of a certified alcoholism counselor (student is responsible to obtain field experience independently) Attendance at 15 meetings each (total of 45) Alcoholics Anonymous (AA), Alanon and Narcotics Anonymous (NA). HH 180 CADC: Domain IV OFF CAMPUS 18 sessions; 54 hours; $625 001, M/W; Sept. 9 Nov. 7, 2013 Location: OFF CAMPUS Classroom TBA, Caldwell College, 120 Bloomfield Avenue Caldwell, New Jersey 07006 Instructor: Derrick Watkins, MSW HH 178 CADC: Domain II 18 sessions; 54 hours; $625 002, T/Th; Sept. 9 Nov. 7, 2013 Location: Paramus Campus Instructor: Derrick Watkins, MSW HH 181 CADC: Domain V OFF CAMPUS 18 sessions; 54 hours; $625 001, T/Th; Nov. 12, 2013 Jan. 30, 2014 (no class 11/26, 11/28) Location: OFF CAMPUS Classroom TBA, Caldwell College, 120 Bloomfield Avenue Caldwell, New Jersey 07006 Instructor: Tunisia Crosby, LCADC HH 177 CADC: Domain III 18 sessions; 54 hours; $625 001, M/W; Nov.11, 2013 Jan. 16, 2014 (no class 12/23-13-01/01/14. Class resumes 0106/14) Instructor: Derrick Watkins Professional Development American Heart Association Basic Life Support (BLS) Education (CPR Training Programs) HH 703 BLS for Healthcare Providers 1 session; $99 001, Sat; September 21, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-2:30 p.m. (30-minute lunch break) Location: E-170 002, Sat; October 26, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-2:30 p.m. (30-minute lunch break) Location: E-170 003, Sat; December 7, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-2:30 p.m. (30-minute lunch break) Location: E-170 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) Certification is becoming a standard of proficiency for all who work in healthcare. This five hour course follows the guidelines of the American Heart Association (AHA) for certification and now includes Automated External Defibrillation (AED) training. Upon successful completion of a written evaluation, participants will receive an AHA card. Class size is limited. Note: This course is for new healthcare workers and for those whose certifications have expired. Required text: AHA s (Basic Life Support) BLS for Healthcare Providers- New Guidelines. Please have textbook before first class. Textbook available at BCC Bookstore or online at ) Instructors: Robert Ehlers, EMT CONTINUING EDUCATION PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS BASIC LIFE SUPPORT HH 702 BLS for Healthcare Providers Renewal 1 session; $66 001, Tue; October 15, 2013 Hours: 6:00-10:00 p.m. Location: E-170 Instructor: Robert Ehlers, EMT 002, Th; November 21, 2013 Hours: 6:00-10:00 p.m. Location: E-170 Instructor: Robert Ehlers, EMT 003 Th; December 12, 2013 Hours: 6:00-10:00 p.m. Location: E-170 Instructor: Robert Ehlers, EMT CPR recertification allows certified current CPR card holders to renew their certification before it expires. This fourhour class reviews the concepts described in HH 703, CPR for Health Care Providers, including Automated External Defibrillation (AED) training. Required: Participants must bring a current AHA CPR card to class. Required text: AHA s (Basic Life Support), BLS for Healthcare Providers-New Guidelines. Please have textbook before the first class. Textbook available at BCC Bookstore or online at ) Instructor: Robert, Ehlers EMT NURSING NEW HH 312 Physical Challenges and Disabilities 18 sessions; 9 weeks; 36 hours; $455 001, T/W; Sept. 17 Nov. 13, 2013 Hours: 6:30 8:30 p.m. This course will provide education for healthcare professionals and caregivers in caring for individuals with genetic and non-genetic chronic disabilities and explain the difference between inclusion and integration in relation to disabled persons. Instructor: Dr. Jerald B. Hershman HY 001 RN Refresher Course 8 weeks; $1,200 001, Sept. 30 Nov. 21, 2013 Hours: In-class Orientation session: 9/30/13; 6:00 7:00 p.m. Location: TEC-118 5 Clinical Laboratory Sessions required Thursdays: Oct. 10, 17, 24, Nov. 7 & 14 Location: Nursing Lab, S-347 Hours: 5:30-9:30 p.m. Location: Online and Paramus Campus (Nursing Laboratory) Nurses interested in returning to a clinical practice setting should attend this program to be reacquainted with current skills and guidelines in order to provide client-centered care. Students will be required to access lectures, assignments and tests in an online environment and will practice therapeutic procedures and skills during clinical laboratory sessions. Online course hours expected = 8 hrs/week. Students will be evaluated for competencies through laboratory skills and clinical simulation (additional 16 hours). Textbook is required for this course and is included in course tuition. This textbook will be distributed during an in class orientation session. Contact Hours: 64.0 Instructor: Joanne Diamantidis, MSN, RN & Mary Singeltary MSN, RN HY 002 Adult IV Therapy & Phlebotomy Skills for Nurses 1 session; $220 001, Theory Session online class begins Mon: October 7 October 25, 2013 / 10 flexible hours Live Clinical Skills validation session Friday October 25, 2013 Hours: 6:00-10:00 p.m. Students must register on or before September 30, 2013 and provide a valid email address Location for Clinical Session: E-168 Prerequisite: Current RN or LPN License This program is a hybrid course requiring a valid nursing license (LPN or RN) and use of a personal computer (PC). The online theory portion is a required 6 hour session which must be completed by all students prior to attendance at the scheduled live clinical skills session. Nurses will learn the skills required to perform peripheral IV therapy and Phlebotomy skills according to the Infusion Nurses Society (INS) guidelines. Hours: 10.0 Instructor: Denise Johnson, RN HH 305 When Words Fail: Stroke and Communication Disorders 1 session; $45 001, Th; October 17, 2013 Hours: 6:00 9:00 p.m. 002, Tue; December 5, 2013 Hours: 6:00 9:00 p.m. Accurate communication with patients is fundamental to providing effective health care. What happens when the patient has trouble speaking? Aphasia is a communication disorder that often occurs following a stroke. Learn simple strategies that can significantly improve your ability to communicate with patients with aphasia. The class will also include how to apply these same communication strategies with patient with Parkinson s disease, dementia, ALS, MS and hearing loss. Taught by a Speech and Language Pathologist, instruction will be provided via lecture, video tapes and hands on activities. 3.0 ANCC contact hours pending. Instructor: Wendy Greespan, MA, CCC- SLP. Education and Training Coordinator-Adler Aphasia Center To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 45

HEALTH PROFESSIONS Dental Professional Education ADA CERP is a service of the American Dental Association to assist dental professionals in identifying quality providers of continuing education. ADA CERP does not approve or endorse individual courses or instructors, nor does it imply acceptance of credit hours by boards of dentistry. Continuing education approval does not imply acceptance for license renewal in all states. It is the responsibility of each participant to verify the requirements of his/her state licensing board(s). Concerns or complaints about a CE provider may be directed to the provider at www.bergen.edu/continuinged or to ADA CERP at www.ada.org/cerp HH 121 Forensic Identification 1 session; $44 001, Th; September 26, 2013 Hours: 6:00 9:00 p.m. Instructor: Dr. Vincent Funaro An overview of medical, dental and legal terminology related to mass disasters and abuse. Because of their individuality and specificity, dentition and fingerprints are two of the most scientifically reliable methods of human remains identification. In cases where fingerprints are not available, dental records can facilitate identification. There will be presentations of actual cases. (3 CEU s) NEW HH 316 Functional Anatomy and TMJ Dysfunction 1 session; $44 001, Tue; October 1, 2013 Hours: 6:00 9:00 p.m. Instructor: Dr. Stanley Markman Dental Hygienists are in an optimal position to screen for temporo-mandibular joint (TMJ) dysfunction. TMJ disorders are prevalent in the majority of patients and dental hygienists need to acquire and develop the skills to evaluate TMJ dysfunction. This course will review TMJ anatomy and function, pathology of the TMJ, and discuss the hygienists role in treating patients with TMJ issues. (3 CEU s) HH 289 Myofunctional Orthodontics: A Very Old and Very New Trend in Orthodontics 1 session; $44 001, Wed; October 9, 2013 Hours: 6:00 9:00 p.m. Instructor: Dr. Barry Raphael This course will present an overview of oral myofunctional disorders. Myofunctional disorders are not genetically predetermined, however they can manifest themselves at a very early age. Inappropriate oral behavioral patterns can often interfere with various dental treatments. The posturing of the tongue, the jaw, and the lips are very important in normal dental occlusion. The growth and development of the mouth and teeth can be adversely affected by excessive tongue pressure. This course will focus on identifying and correcting the detrimental habits that lead to malocclusion. They include diet, breathing, posture, oral function, and stress related behaviors that have far reaching effect outside the mouth as well. Participants will be able to understand interventional modalities and the value of early treatment and prevention. (3 CEU s) NEW HH 314 Current Trends, Cutting Edge Products, and Tried and True Classics 1 session; $44 001, Th; October 17, 2013 Hours: 6:00 9:00 p.m. Instructor: Carol Cormier, RDH, BS This course will explore current and existing dental hygiene trends and products, procedures, materials, and approaches. Participants will examine most recent trends in dental hygiene care. Best practices for oral hygiene techniques, and how they enable us to improve clinical outcomes, will be discussed. Evaluation and discussion of these topics will help hygienists feel more comfortable and confident in their decision making process. (3 CEU s) NEW HH 313 Evaluation of Oral Soft Tissue Lesions & Oral Manifestations of HIV Disease 1 session; $44 001, Th; October 24, 2013 Hours: 6:00 9:00 p.m. Instructor: Mahnaz Fatazadeh In addition to examining the dental and periodontal structures, the oral health practitioner is required to be familiar with the plethora of oral lesions which can present in the oral cavity. This interactive, case-based presentation will provide practical guidelines for accurate initial assessment of lesions most commonly seen in the dental office and focus on the spectrum of oral manifestations including oral malignancies associated with HIV disease. (3 CEU s) NEW HH 315 Treatment Options for the Edentulous Arch 1 session; $44 001, Wed; October 30, 2013 Hours: 6:00 9:00 p.m. Instructor: Dr. Sabu Idiculla Edentulism is a widespread problem affecting a variety of people in the United States. The challenges that individuals with edentulism present to the dental clinician are both numerous and complex. Unfortunately, personal expectations sometimes far exceed what modern dentistry is able to deliver. Practitioners should be well-versed in the ability to pair their patients with the appropriate treatment modality and should be understanding to the patient s individual concerns and needs. (3 CEU s) HH 115 NY State Infection (OSHA) Control Guidelines: A Course for Healthcare Professionals 1 session; $44 001, Mon; November 11, 2013 Hours: 6:00 9:00 p.m. Instructor: Dr. Roger Szanto Learn how blood borne pathogens may be transmitted in the work environment. Participants will be able to apply current scientifically accepted infection control principles in their specific work environment, and minimize the potential transmission of pathogens to patients, healthcare workers, and the community at large. Legal issues regarding training, proper implementation, and noncompliance will also be discussed. This course has been approved by the New York State Department of Health and the State Education Department. It fulfills the mandated educational requirement for infection control and barrier precautions training for the following professions: dentists, dental hygienists, registered professional nurses, licensed practical nurses, podiatrists, optometrists, physicians, and physician assistants. The New Jersey Board of Pharmacy has approved 3LL credits for pharmacists. (3 CEU s) HH 226 Facial Pain Disorders: Diverse Pain Syndromes the Dentist Encounters 1 session; $44 001, Mon; November 4, 2013 Hours: 6:00 9:00 p.m. Instructor: Dr. Jeffrey Cloidt The dentist is often consulted when pain arises in the head and neck area. Proper diagnosis can save your patients from numerous medical/dental consults and unnecessary or irreversible treatments. Differential diagnosis is paramount. (3 CEU s) HH 421 Meeting the Needs of Disabled Patients 1 session; $44 001, Tue; November 19, 2013 Hours: 6:00 9:00 p.m. Instructor: Dr. Mannie Levi This program will focus on skills necessary to meet the challenge of caring for physically, mentally and emotionally impaired adults and children. Management of several frequently seen syndromes in will be discussed. Emphasis will be placed on optimal communication skills and reducing anxiety for these patients. Participants will learn to be sensitive to the dental needs of patients with special needs. (3 CEU s) To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 46

HOSPITALITY AND TOURISM HOSPITALITY AND TOURISM This certificate program is designed to give an integrated approach to skills required for success in the hospitality and tourism industry. You will acquire the background and necessary tools for employment within the Leisure/Hospitality Mega-Industry. Fulfill your dream of a career in an exciting and multifaceted industry. Do you dream of working at Disney World or other major companies such as Marriott, Norwegian Cruise Lines, Live Nation Concerts, Continental Airlines, AEG Entertainment and hundreds of other companies in the Leisure/Hospitality Mega-Industry? This diverse industry includes Sports and Entertainment Event Planning/Marketing, Hotel and Restaurant Management/Marketing, Cruise Ships, Museum, Theme Park and Tourist Attractions Management, Shopping Mall and Fashion Show Marketing, Public Recreation Agencies, Snow Sports areas and Travel and Tourism related companies. All courses are designed to give you a broad background in these employment settings. To obtain a certificate, students must complete all 13 courses. Courses may be taken individually on a non-certificate basis. Core Courses Career Development in the Hospitality, Leisure and Tourism Mega-Industry Customer Service and Service Delivery Events and Service Delivery Management Delivery of Hospitality, Entertainment, Attractions and Tourism Services I Delivery of Hospitality, Entertainment, Attractions and Tourism Services II Safety Management and Legal Issues in the Hospitality, Leisure and Tourism Industries Marketing in the Hospitality, Entertainment, Attractions and Tourism Industries Facilities Development and Management in the Hospitality, Leisure and Tourism Industries Management in the Hospitality, Leisure and Tourism Industries Special Issues and Skills in the Amusement Industry Special Issues and Skills in the Ski Industry Special Issues and Skills in the Cruise Industry Production and Special Skills Related to the Events Industry To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 47

HOSPITALITY AND TOURISM CD 003 Safety Management and Legal Issues in the Hospitality, Leisure and Tourism Industries 3 sessions; $110 001, Wed; September 11-25, 2013 Hours: 6:00-8:00 p.m. An introduction to safety management and the handling of emergencies and crisis in these industries. A look at the three environments of safety management including the psychosocial, physical and environmental environments. Dozens of case studies are included in this class giving students keen insight into spotting safety related issues in operations in these industries. CD 092 Facilities Development and Management in the Hospitality, Leisure and Tourism Industries 3 sessions; $140 001, Th; September 12-26, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Examines how construction should be supervised in these industries and well as maintenance of these types of facilities. CD 001 Career Development in the Hospitality, Leisure and Tourism Mega-Industry 2 sessions; $135 001, Sat; September 21, 28, 2013 Hours: 8:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. This course examines the broad spectrum of career opportunities in the Mega-Industry. Learn how to find employment by using the internet and other resources. Resume development and interviewing skills will also be discussed. Instructor: Dr. Jack Samuels, MBA CD 013 Delivery of Hospitality, Entertainment, Attractions & Tourism Services Part I 2 sessions; $135 001, Sat; September 21, 28, 2013 Hours: 1:30 5:30 p.m. This course offers an overview of services related to these industries including Food Services and Retailing Operations. The operational and management environment will be studied and discussed. Instructor: Dr. Jack Samuels, MBA CD 002 Customer Service and Service Delivery 4 sessions; $150 001, Mon; Sept. 23 Oct. 14, 2013 Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. Do you want to improve your organization s delivery of quality service? This course will provide a comprehensive look at how services are delivered. This course is a must for front line staff, supervisors, managers and business owners. Participants will learn how to develop an organizational culture that supports consistent delivery of quality service and raises the level of customer satisfaction. Learn from an industry professional with over 35 years of experience! Instructor: Aaron Schaffel CD 012 Special Issues and Skills in the Cruise Industry 4 sessions; $160 001, Tue; Sept. 24 Oct. 15, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. This course will provide you with all the information you need to work with the cruise industry. You will learn all about the State of the Cruise Industry in 2012. You will learn what s new in this growing tourism industry from an industry expert. Instructor: Linda Cutrupi, CMP, ARC, IATA, IATAN, CLIA Bio: Linda is President of Mainly Meetings. She is a nationally known Meeting and Tradeshow professional. Linda has many certifications including: Medical Travel Specialist; Royal Caribbean Expert Plus; Graduate of Holland America s Academy; Graduate of Cunard Academy; Niche Cruise Specialist. CD 095 Marketing in the Hospitality, Entertainment, Attractions and Tourism Industries 4 sessions; $135 001, Wed; October 2 October 23, 2013 Hours: 6:00-8:00 p.m. Receive an overview of market research and factors affecting the success of companies in these industries. Survey and focus group research and well as a large number of marketing factors are considered. CD 093 Management in the Hospitality, Leisure and Tourism Industries 3 sessions; $140 001, Th; October 3-7, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. A basic management course examining some of the management theory as it applies to these industries. The course will be taught via the reading of contemporary management books and classroom lectures rather than the strictly textbook approach. CD 097 Delivery of Hospitality, Entertainment, Attractions and Tourism Services II 2 sessions; $135 001, Sat; October 5-12, 2013 Hours: 1:30 5:30 p.m. Receive an overview of additional services relating to these industries including travel agencies, tour companies, hotels, game and game room operations including Casino Gaming. CD 091 Events and Service Delivery Management 5 sessions; $150 001, Wed; Oct. 22- Nov. 20, 2013 Hours: 6:00-8:00 p.m. Focuses on skills relating to the service delivery and a broad spectrum of events including creativity and resource development, negotiation and contracting, and corporate sponsorship. Delivery of Hospitality, Entertainment, Attractions and Tourism Services II-An overview of additional services relating to these industries including travel agencies, tour companies, hotels, game and game room operations including Casino Gaming. CD 094 Special Issues and Skills in the Amusement Industry 4 sessions; $160 001, Th; Oct. 24 Nov. 14, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Covers operational and legal issues relating to the amusement industry, such as ride operations issues, legal issues and other special issues relating to this industry. (May be substituted for one other course on advisement in any of the program tracts.) CD 096 Special Issues and Skills in the Ski Industry 4 sessions; $160 001, Wed; Oct. 30 Nov. 20, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Covers operational and legal issues relating to the winter sports industry, such as lift operations issues, ski area design, legal issues and other special issues relating to this industry (May be substituted for one other course on advisement in any of the program tracts.) CD 098 Production and Special Skills Related to the Events Industry 4 sessions; $160 001, Tue; November 5 26, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. This is a course looking at production of all types of events. Students are given an introduction to Lighting, Sound, Special Effects, Staging, etc. (This course may be substituted for one other course by advisement in any of the program tracts.) Certificate in Tourism Ambassador Program NEW CD 080 Tourism Ambassador Certificate 3 sessions; $150 001, Th.; Oct. 3-Nov. 7, 2013 Hours: 6:00-8:30 p.m. Location: Meadowlands Tourism is a major sector in New Jersey s economy generating approximately $38 billion in 2011 for hotels, motels, restaurants, and tourist attractions. Our goal is to develop Tourism Ambassadors who will be knowledgeable on the many attractions, accommodations, events, activities and shopping that are of interest to tourists coming to North Jersey. The Ambassador Certificate Program will benefit front line hospitality, attraction, and restaurant employees, bus and taxi drivers, new staff and residents. Participants will learn about the importance of tourism, and how it affects our region economically. In addition, by becoming knowledgeable about the many cultural and historic points of interest North Jersey and New York City offers, you will enhance our visitor s experience. Instructor: Jared Goldstein To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 48

HUMAN RESOURCES HUMAN RESOURCES CERTIFICATE This in-depth program is ideal for the Human Resource or business professional seeking to develop or expand their knowledge base for either their current job role, to prepare for newly acquired responsibilities or to explore a new career in Human Resources. Through interactive exercises and case studies, the comprehensive workshops offer participants opportunities to gain confidence as well as knowledge in all functional areas of HR for successful on the job performance. Certificate in Human Resources Management Development Human Resources Management Development Program Program Overview Whether setting out on a new career path, or a current HR professional looking to expand your knowledge in the new business environment, this program is designed to help develop the knowledge, methods, and skills necessary to meet the challenges of today s changing workplace and workforce. These highly interactive, business focused and practitionerdriven workshops will offer real world examples and application, as well as guest experts in the field. These workshops are intended to share current approaches to managing and developing and implementing strategy, and leading winning teams. Whether new to Human Resources, or refreshing skills gained over time, you will be better prepared to face the challenges in today s corporations, government agencies, nonprofit organizations, and small businesses. In order to receive a Certificate of Completion, students must successfully complete all six core workshops. 6 Core Courses BI 665 Benefits BI 666 Compensation BI 660 Staffing Management BI 569 Employment Law BI 661 Performance Management BI 667 Organizational & Employee Development BI 665 Benefits 3 sessions; $200 001, Tue; October 1, 8, 15, 2013 Benefits are those various forms of indirect employee compensation that employers use to attract, recognize and retain employees. Covered topics include paid leave, insurance, retirement income and various employee services, as well as benefits mandated by federal, state or local laws and regulations. BI 666 Compensation 3 sessions; $200 001, Th; October 3, 10, 17, 2013 Compensation, the various forms of direct compensation employee pay that which employers use to attract, recognize, and retain workers. Topics include variable pay, long and shortterm incentives, cash bonuses, stock awards, promotions and pay increases. BI 660 Staffing Management 3 sessions; $200 001, Tue; Oct. 22-Nov. 5, 2013 Staffing Management deals with strategies, tactics, and processes for identifying, recruiting and retaining the human resources needed to support all business activities. Topics include sourcing, recruiting, hiring, orienting, and retaining talent, succession planning and organizational exit. BI 569 Employment Law 3 sessions; $200 001, Th; October 24-November 7, 2013 Employment Law covers the laws, regulations, and assistance services (i.e. DOL, NLRB) that affect businesses and workers. Topics include wage and salary, health and safety, and nondiscrimination policies for businesses. BI 661 Performance Management 3 sessions; $200 001, Tue; November 12, 19, 26, 2013 Performance Management is the activity (improvement strategy) that ensures goals are consistently being met in an effective and efficient manner performance of the organization, a department, and employee, or the process of building a product or service - which apply wherever people interact schools, places of worship, community, sports teams, healthcare settings, government agencies, etc. Topics include position descriptions, performance development, training, performance appraisals, and coaching for improved performance. BI 667 Organizational & Employee Development 3 sessions; $200 001; Th; Nov. 14-Dec. 5, 2013 Learn organization and people functionally and structurally. Discussions will include the process of enhancing the effectiveness of an organization and the well-being of its employees. Topics include coaching and training, succession planning, leadership and development. *Note: As part of this course, students will receive an individual analysis of their communication strengths. The special discounted fee of $55.00 (cash only) for this instrument and analysis will be paid to the instructor on the first night of class. Instructor Bio: Barbara Toscano is the Founder and Principal of Evolution, Inc., a company that provides leadership development and personal coaching to organizations and individuals. As a consultant with a leading global outplacement firm, she also works with professionals in career transition, facilitating seminars on such topics as resume development, networking and interview techniques, as well as providing one-on-one coaching. Barbara has over 20 years of corporate human resources experience, spanning several industries. She is an active member of the Meadowlands Chamber of Commerce, a Leadership Mentor for Gettysburg College Young Alumni, and a long-standing member of SHRM. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 49

INTERIOR DESIGN INTERIOR DESIGN Interior design is one of the fastest growing professions. Interior designers engage both public and private spaces. An interior environment serves the needs and requirements of the users and provides a sense of space for individual and group activity. Our Interior Design Certificate Program will train and assist you in career advancement, career change or personal and professional enrichment. Bring the art of decorating into your home or office. A certificate of completion is awarded to students who successfully complete any one course, some of which require final projects. To be eligible for the Interior Design Certificate, students must successfully complete eight core courses. Those students that complete this program will have the opportunity to shop and use the Decorator s Exchange with a discount. Please register early. This certificate program can be completed for under $3,100 in just two semesters. ALL ARE WELCOME. Interior Design Informational Session Tuesday, September 24, 2013 6:30 p.m. at the Technology Building TEC-119 All are welcome. Interior Design Information Session Tuesday, September 24, 2013; 6:30 p.m. at the Moses Family Meeting & Training Center, TEC-119 To be eligible for the Interior Design Certificate, students must successfully complete the following eight core courses. Anyone may take an elective or core course for their enjoyment without being part of the certificate program. If you have any inquiries, please call Ria Bloss at (201) 447-7466 or e-mail rbloss@bergen.edu. Please register early. Core Courses CD 331 Principles of Interior Design CD 338 Basic Drafting CD 332 Visual Concepts CD 417 History of Decorative Arts CD 341 Business Procedures CD 349 Interior, Materials, Finishes, & Sources CD 354 Interior Lighting CD 330 Color for Interiors CD 331 Principles of Interior Design 10 sessions; $355 001, Th; Oct. 3-Dec. 12, 2013 (no class 11/28) Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Location: TEC-119 Learn the principles of art and design that have been developed throughout history and are key to successful interior design practice. This course includes lecture, discussion and preparation of a personal styles research portfolio. Sessions include: Understanding the design process Elements of design Design concepts Understanding design drawings Introduction to basic styles in residential interiors. Instructor: Susan Fletcher CD 417 History of Decorative Arts 12 Sessions; $475 001, Mon; Sept. 30-Dec. 16, 2013 Hours: 6:45-9:45p.m. Location: TEC-119 Students will acquire an understanding of the dominant periods in design throughout history up to and including today s trends. This is the key to a solid foundation in interior studies. Study works by American and foreign architects and period furniture from 1920s to contemporary.architecture, furnishings, ornamentation inherent to each period will be discussed. Students will: prepare a binder relative to each period with the use of pictures and information and analyze and recognize different room styles. Instructor: Claudine Parloff, Allied ASID CD 330 Color For Interiors 10 sessions; $355 001, Wed; Oct. 2-Dec. 11, 2013 (no class 11/27) Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Location: TEC-119 This course is an introduction to theory and application of color. This is a studio class. In addition to color assignments, students make a color wheel that aids them when using color in their work. This course includes an exploration of the effects of color on our psychological and cultural wellbeing. Sessions will focus on: how to create the right mood for a home using color; choosing the right color schemes and understanding the language of color. Instructor: Roberta Green, ASID CD 341 Business Procedures for the Interior Designer 10 sessions; $355 001, Mon; Sept. 30-Dec. 2, 2013 Hours: 6:00 a.m.-9:00 p.m. Learn how to start up a design firm, charge for services, develop a company logo, and how to deal with some of the everyday problems associated with the design profession. Discover marketing skills that enable you to reach out to perspective clients. Have fun learning how to achieve goals and how to make a profit. Instructor: Jack Ruthazer, FASID To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 50

INTERIOR DESIGN CD 338 Basic Drafting 12 sessions; $475 001, Wed; February 26-May 21, 2014 Location: TEC-119 Learn the basics of drafting and reading construction documents. In this studio, you will learn to use the correct tools for hand drafting. You will complete a series of drafting projects in class, learning as you go. You will survey and document an existing space, and develop your own design project. For the final project, you will prepare a set of construction documents including plans, sections and elevations and associated notes and legends for a residential project. No previous experience necessary. A list of materials will be sent. Register early; space is limited. Instructor: Lila Munem CD 332 Visual Concepts 10 sessions; $355 001, Mon; March 24-May 26, 2014 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Learn to interpret and organize your own design project. Students will select a period and style of furniture that you would like to do research on. A portfolio will be put together with facts on that style including draperies, wall treatments, fabrics accessories, furniture and decorative arts of that period. Some independent study is required. After the portfolio is completed, students will make a model of a room. Prerequisite: Basic Drafting (CD 338) and History of Decorative Arts (CD 417) must be taken prior. Instructor: Jack Ruthazer, FASID CD 354 Interior Lighting 7 sessions; $325 001, Mon; February 17-April 7, 2014 Hours: 6:00-8:00 p.m. Location: TEC-119 This course will provide an exciting Introduction or refresher in the principles of good lighting design. Learn practical information on lamps, fixtures, controls, as well as new developments in lighting technology, including fiber optics and LED s. Under the supervision of an award-winning lighting designer, learn to develop usable lighting plans and specifications and resolve specific residential lighting challenges for bath, kitchens, home offices, and multi-story foyers. Each class will culminate in a specific lighting design problem where the class, working in small groups, solves the problem with the instructor s guidance. Students are provided lamp and fixture catalogs and many other useful handouts. This course will be offered once per year. Instructor: Stephen E. Lohm, LEED-AP, LC, IES CD 349 Interior Materials, Finishes & Sources 10 sessions; $355 001, Th; February 27-May 1, 2014 Location: TEC-119 Study materials and sources used in interior design with a focus on their characteristics, performance criteria, fabrication, and installation methods. Guest lecturers from manufacturers and a field trip are included in this course. Topics include: floors, walls, ceilings; moldings, doors, and windows; cabinet construction; and planning your kitchen and bathroom. Instructor: Mary Brennan, ASID Electives CD 419 AutoCAD Architectural 2010 6 sessions; $310 001, Th; Sept. 26-Oct. 31, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-12:00 p.m. Location: TEC-104 This course is for Interior Designers and Architects. AutoCAD Architectural software is the popular AutoCAD addon to productively create dimensioned floor plans that may then be used for construction documents, design modeling, furniture layouts and renderings. This entry level course teaches the student how to use AutoCAD Architectural to draw walls, doors, windows openings, and stairs using various styles contained within the software. Preparing these drawings for printing will also be involved. Prerequisite: AutoCAD Level I, previous Auto-CAD knowledge and prior experience creating scaled drawings by pencil or CAD. Suggested text: AutoCAD Architectural and It s Application, 2013, published by Goodheart. Instructor: Matt King NEW CD 100 Architecture History, Structure, Form & Space 6 sessions; $225 001, Tue; Oct. 22-Nov. 26, 2013 Hours: 6:00-8:30 p.m. This course is aimed to help architecture enthusiasts and interior design students to be able to understand buildings, design concepts, and architecture through a historic timeline. By the end of the course, students should be able to engage in comprehensive discussions with architects and other professionals, keeping in mind different factors such as architectural ideas, design intent, space composition, structure, and economic factors. The course includes a variety of architectural information such as history, understanding basic design and structural concepts, building vs. landscape, structure vs. space, building approach, plan design, architectural gestures, materials, colors, closed space vs. open space, and landscape, among others Instructor: Raphael Paredes CD 434 Contract Design Studio 7 sessions; $215 001, Th; Sept. 26-Nov. 7, 2013 Students will learn about designing for various contract environments including a high end RV (recreation vehicle), Sports Yacht and Business Jet Interior. Custom carpet designs, seat upholstery details, bulkhead treatments, Restaurants and many other spaces. Color schemes and space planning as well as accessibilities will be addressed. A site visit to a business jet may be scheduled if time permits. Instructor: Judy Miller, Allied ASID To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 51

KIDS & TEENS PROGRAMS CE 264 Lego Education WeDo! 5 sessions; $150 001, Sat; October 5-November 2, 2013 (makeup 11/9) Hours: 9:30-11:30 a.m. Come explore the world of Robotics using Lego Education WeDo equipment. Make motorized devices using Legos and computer software! No prior experience required. Ages 8-12 Instructor: Patty Rametta CE 807 Babysitter Training Course 1 session; $125 001, Sat; October 5, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m.-4:00 p.m. Become a certified American Red Cross Babysitter! In this six hour program learn how to identify potential hazards in the home, prevent injuries, diaper, feed babies, make simple healthy meals for kids and deal with bedtime issues. You will also learn interview skills to help you get babysitting jobs. You will take home a CD ROM and Red Cross Babysitting Booklet for future reference and receive a Red Cross Babysitting Certification Card a few weeks after the class ends. Please bring a snack, a bagged lunch, and a doll to practice your babysitting skills the day of the class! Ages 11-15 only Instructor: Certified Red Cross Instructor CE 300 Aviation Merit Badge (Ages 11 18) 1 session; $20 001, Sat; September 21, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m. 12:00 p.m. 002, Sat; October 5, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m. 12:00 p.m. 003, Sat; October 19, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m. 12:00 p.m. 004, Sat; November 2, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m. 12:00 p.m. 005, Sat; November 16, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m. 12:00 p.m. Students will experience the excitement of flight with our realistic computer based simulators. You ll learn about aircraft instruments, engine gauges, and the controls that bank and pitch the airplane. Students will build an FPG-9 glider model and compete to test flight and landing characteristics. Instructor will cover many aspects required for completion of the Aviation Merit Badge. Instructor: William H. Klappert, Airline Transport Pilot KIDS & TEENS PROGRAMS Join one or more of our non-competitive, enriching and fun-filled classes. Make new friends while discovering your talents and interests. November 7 & 8 Teachers Convention Kids Camp Come have 2 days of fun on the BCC campus! Ages 7-12 CE 262 Crafty Creations! 1 session; $80 001, Th; November 7, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-4:00 p.m. Come make a variety of crafts using all of those favorite materials: popsicle sticks, tissue paper, paint and more. A number of different creations will made, which you will be able to take home! Ages 7-10 Instructor: Julia Amaya CE 239 I want to be An Artist! 1 session; $80 001, Fri; November 8, 2012 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-4:00 p.m. What are the special techniques that artists use to make pictures come to life? How do you use various media to enhance pictures? This class will teach you techniques and tricks to becoming a blooming artist! Even if you have taken this course before, join us again to expand your artistic talents. Ages 7-9 Instructor: Ricardo Roig, NJ Certified Art Teacher Kids & Teens Online Programs OL 431 Basic Algebra Online; $310 001, October 2-November 6, 2013 Hours: Asynchronous 002, November 13-December 18, 2013 Hours: Asynchronous This course involves all major aspects of Algebra and enables students to be better prepared for the college, preemployment skill development and scholastic aptitude examination. The course includes comprehensive work with expressions, functions, monomials / polynomials, solving simple and complex equations, solving word View Kids & Teens Web page: www.bergen.edu/kidsandteens for more exciting programs offered this spring and summer. problems as well as many other aspects of algebraic procedures and common practices used in school / college disciplines, and workplace applications. Instructor: Dr. Sinclair, Ph.D., Online Education Specialist OL 432 Basic Geometry/ Trigonometry Online; $310 001, October 2-November 6, 2013 Hours: Asynchronous 002, November 13-December 18, 2013 Hours: Asynchronous This course covers major areas of Geometry /Trigonometry used in modern technology, business as well as traditional school/college disciplines. The course covers the use of linear measurements, area, volume, as well as common solutions to angular and planar problems. The course also includes common trigonometric functions, spherical and conical geometry, angle transformation formulae, as well as many other basic and more advanced functional problems and their solutions. Instructor: Dr. Sinclair, Ph.D., Online Education Specialist Preparation for SAT Verbal and Math for High School Students Instructors for SAT courses: Patrick Bouchard and Melissa Iannacone Instructor for online SAT courses: Dr. David Eichenholtz SAT The fall 2013 SAT dates are as follows: October 5, 2013 November 2, 2013 December 7, 2013 Studies have shown that the secret to better SAT scores begins with improving math and verbal skills and ends with practice, practice and more practice. Topics include: pertinent grammar skills (verbal), test-taking strategies, applicable math skills, deductive and logical reasoning (math). Required text for SD661, SD 662 & SD 017: The Official SAT Study Guide: For the New SAT ( ) by the College Board. Required text for OL 362 & OL 363: The Official CollegeBoard SAT Study Guide - 2nd ed., ISBN: 978-0-87447-852-5. SD 661 SAT Verbal 7 sessions; $180 001, Mon; Sept. 16 Oct. 28, 2013 SD 662 SAT Math 7 sessions; $180 001, Th; Sept. 26 Oct. 31, 2013 SD 017 SAT Written Essay 7 sessions; $180 001, Tue; Sept. 17 Oct. 29, 2013 OL 363 SAT Verbal/Writing Online 8 sessions; $180 001, September 10 October 29, 2013 Hours & Location: Online OL 362 SAT Math Online 8 sessions; $180 001, September 10 October 29, 2013 Hours & Location: Online Create a class! If you have 5 kids or teens and a particular class in mind, contact the Division of Continuing Education at (201) 447-7488 a month in advance of the desired start date. Our Children s Programs Supervisor will work to meet the group s educational needs, pending Bergen Community College s approval. Please visit www.bergen.edu/kidsandteens to download a Registration Form and program information for the 2013 Kids and Teens Fall Program To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 52

LANGUAGES LANGUAGES The School of Continuing Education at Bergen Community College will help you expand your language skills. Whether you are interested in improving your understanding and use of American English, learning a foreign language, or exploring the beauty of American Sign Language, we have courses available with talented instructors who make learning fun and practical. American Language Courses SD 687 TOEFL 25 sessions; $660 001, Mon-Th; Sept. 9-Oct. 21, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:30 p.m. Location: Hackensack 002, Mon-Th; Nov. 4-Dec. 16, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:30 p.m. This expanded course helps prepare you for the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Each class consists of study and practice for all four components of the test: listening, writing, reading and speaking. In addition to learning strategies for the TOEFL, this course helps students improve their academic English skills. This is a 108 hour program, which includes 84 hours of classroom time and 24 hours of required independent research in the Learning Assistance Center (4 hours per week). Instructor: Milva Chapanian SD 714 Accent Reduction/Pronunciation of American English 5 sessions; $120 001, Fri; Sept. 13-Oct. 11, 2013 Hours: 6:00-8:00 p.m. Location: Paramus If you feel that you have a significant foreign accent that is hindering you in business or social settings, even though you have a command of the English language, this course is for you. A speech pathologist will guide you through the sound system of American English and pinpoint incorrect speech patterns. Complete this course with an improved speech pattern. Textbook: Mastering the American Accent by Lisa Mojsin. Instructor: Milva Chapanian SD 018 Communicating in Everyday English 10 sessions; $250 001, Wed; Oct. 2-Dec. 11, 2013 (no class 11/27) Location: Paramus Designed for intermediate level students, this course gives an overview of the English language by establishing patterns of speaking, listening, reading and writing. Grammar usage and vocabulary are presented and practiced in meaningful contexts. A variety of language learning techniques are used, including written exercises in and out of the classroom. Instructor: Dr. A. Gerri Budd SD 724 Business Communications- When English is a Second Language 10 sessions; $210 001, Tue; Oct. 8 Dec. 10, 2013 This course concentrates on communicating more effectively in the business environment. You will study grammar, writing, reading comprehension, vocabulary building, and oral presentations. Each class involves practice and prepares students for the fundamentals of letter writing, memo writing, and organized presentations in American English. The goal of this course is to build confidence and gain skills. Instructor: Ed Grande NEW SD 037 Business Communications- When English is a Second Language II 10 sessions; $210 001, Th; Oct. 10 Dec. 19, 2013 (no class 11/28) Refine the learned student skills in SD 724 including grammar, sentence structure and public speaking. This course will continue to concentrate on communicating more effectively in the business environment. You will study grammar, writing, reading comprehension, vocabulary building, and oral presentations. Each class involves practice and prepares students for the fundamentals of letter writing, memo writing, and organized presentations in American English. Instructor: Ed Grande SD 031 Accent Reduction II 8 sessions; $165 001, Fri; Oct. 18-Dec. 13, 2013 (no class 11/29) Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Location: Paramus Do you want to continue to develop your command of the English language? These sessions are designed to help non-native English speakers improve their pronunciation. In this course students will incorporate the learning skills such as the sounds, the stress patterns, rhythm, and intonation patterns of American English and pinpoint incorrect speech patterns. Completion of this course will help improve your speech pattern. Textbook: Mastering the American Accent by Lisa Mojsin. Prerequisite: Completion of SD714 or approval from the instructor. Instructor: Milva Chapanian To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 53

LANGUAGES Foreign Language Courses Certificate in Korean Korean Language courses may be taken individually or as part of the Certificate Program. Students must take all three levels of Korean to receive a Certificate of Completion. NEW CE 305 Korean I 12 sessions; $279 001, M/Th; Sept. 9 Oct. 17, 2013 Hours: 6:30 8:00 p.m. This course is designed to introduce the Korean language and alphabet, Hangul. and how to express simple ideas at the elementary level. Students will learn the language s orthographic and phonetic systems, grammar, syntax, and vocabulary. This course provides a solid foundation in all aspects of the language, including speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Students will receive direction as to the language s major social and cultural contexts. The course includes basic facts on the geography, customs and cultures of Korea. Instructor: Keri Hwang NEW CE 306 Korean II 12 sessions; $279 001, M/Th; Oct. 21 Dec. 2, 2013 (no class 11/28) Hours: 6:30 8:00 p.m. As a continuation of Korean I, this course provides students with further conversational and grammatical skills in Korean. The objective of the course is to equip students with communicative skills in listening, speaking, reading and writing at an intermediate level with more complex structures. Through this course, students will be expected to have a good command of spoken and written Korean and to improve their knowledge of Korean culture. This course includes an overview of Korean customs and cultures. Instructor: Keri Hwang Instructor Bio: Ms. Keri Hwang is a native Korean. She received her BA from the Ewha Woman s University, one of Korea s most prestigious universities. She continued her graduate studies at Korea University where she studied Linguistics. Ms. Hwang earned her M.A. in Communications from Clark University. Prior to her relocation to the USA, Ms. Hwang worked for 15 years at the Sargent & Lundy s Seoul office as a liaison between the USA company and the Korean Government s affiliated companies and the private sectors. Certificate in Arabic Arabic Language courses may be taken individually or as part of the Certificate Program. Students must take all three levels of Arabic to receive a Certificate of Completion. CE 302 Arabic for Beginners 15 sessions; $309 001, T/Th; Sept. 3 Oct. 23, 2013 Hours: 7:00-9:00 p.m. Arabic for beginners, designed to introduce the students to the Arabic language, letters and numbers. Students will be introduced to the basic structures of Arabic language and its common everyday communication. Throughout the course the students will be establishing the foundation of listening, reading and writing skills. Instructor: Araxi Papazian CE 303 Arabic I Elementary 13 sessions; $299 001, T/Th; Nov. 3 Dec. 19, 2013 (no class 11/28) Hours: 7:00-9:00 p.m. Arabic I Elementary is built as a continuation of Arabic for Beginners. Students will work on listening, speaking, reading and writing of Modern Standard Arabic. Basic grammatical rules related to nouns, verbs and particles will be introduced. Instructor: Araxi Papazian NEW CE 304 Arabic Advanced 16 sessions; $319 001, Mon/Fri; Sept. 6 Oct. 28, 2013 Hours: 7:00-9:00 p.m. This is a continuation course towards achieving proficiency, at the elementary level, in listening, speaking, reading and writing of Modern Standard Arabic. The students will pick up the development of their language skills from where they finished during the previous semester. The learners will be moving with their learning at a more accelerated pace and will be dealing with more complex linguistic issues and lengthier texts. Expanding students vocabulary repertoire will naturally go hand in hand with improving on the four linguistic skills of listening, reading, writing and speaking. The students will continue to systematically listen to recorded texts, reading written productions of these texts, learning specific basic vocabulary and building up an additional vocabulary repertoire. Basic grammatical rules related to nouns, verbs and particles will be learned, not as an end in themselves, but as a necessary tool to understanding how the language works. Instructor: Araxi Papazian CE 215 German I for Beginners 10 sessions; $210 001, T/Th; Sept. 3-Oct. 3, 2013 Hours: 6:00-7:30 p.m. In this interactive introduction to the German language, you will learn to meet and greet people, ask questions, and give directions. Eat! Drink! Travel! Mach s gut! Required text: Barron s Learn German the Fast and Fun Way. Available at the bookstore. Instructor: David Taylor Certificate in Spanish Spanish Language courses may be taken individually or as part of the Certificate Program. Students must take all four levels of Spanish to receive a Certificate of Completion. CE 216 Spanish III 10 sessions; $210 001, Tue/Th; Sept. 3-Oct. 3, 2013 Hours: 6:00-7:00 p.m. This course builds upon your knowledge of conversational Spanish to increase your proficiency with the Spanish language. Adelante! Prerequisite: Habla Español: Conversational Spanish or equivalent. Required text: Barron s Learn Spanish the Fast and Fun Way, 3rd. Ed. Available at the bookstore. Instructor: David Taylor BI 578 Colloquial Spanish 10 sessions; $210 001, Tue; Oct. 8 Dec. 10, 2013 Hours: 6:00-7:30 p.m. In this lively class, students will learn to speak and discover the benefits of knowing a second language. This class will emphasize oral and written expression, pronunciation, grammar and vocabulary. If you are a recreational traveler or seeking skills for business communication, this course will give you an added advantage. Required text: Barron s Learn Spanish the Fast and Fun Way, 3rd. ed. Available at the bookstore. Instructor: David Taylor CE 294 Spanish for Business and Personal Improvement I 10 sessions; $210 001, Wed; Oct. 2 Dec. 11, 2013 (no class 11/27) Hours: 6:00-7:30 p.m. Spanish has become one of the most important world economic languages. This course will provide you with confidence to improve your Spanish language fluency. The goal is to learn how to correctly structure sentences. Use of actual cultural and historical information and resources to enhance and incite deeper understanding and acquisition of target language. Prerequisite: Spanish III or equivalent. This course is only suitable for people who already speak and understand Spanish at a certain level. Required text: En Contacto Gramática en acción 8th edition Available at the bookstore. Instructor: David Taylor CE 295 Spanish for Business and Personal Improvement II 10 sessions; $210 001, Wed; Oct. 2 Dec. 11, 2013 (no class 11/27) Hours: 7:30-9:00 p.m. Spanish has become one of the most important world economic languages. This course will provide you with confidence to improve your Spanish language fluency. Use of actual cultural and historical information and resources to enhance and incite deeper understanding and acquisition of target language. Prerequisite: Spanish III or equivalent. This course is only suitable for people who already speak and understand Spanish at a certain level. Required text: En Contacto Gramática en acción 8th edition Available at the bookstore. Instructor: David Taylor CE 936 Habla Español: Conversational Spanish 10 sessions; $210 001, Th; Oct. 10 Dec. 19, 2013 (no class 11/28) Hours: 6:00-7:30 p.m. This second-level Spanish course will help students expand their basic understanding of the Spanish language and enhance their conversational and vocabulary skills. Focus will be on listening, pronunciation and grammar. Through dialogue exercises, students will improve their ability to communicate in restaurants, shopping, travel and business. Prerequisite: Colloquial Spanish or equivalent. Required text: Barron s Learn Spanish the Fast and Fun Way, 3rd.ed. Available at the bookstore. Instructor: David Taylor 447-7488 To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 54

LANGUAGES Certificate in Italian Italian Language courses may be taken individually or as part of the Certificate Program. Students must take all four courses to receive a Certificate of Completion. CE 327 Italian I 10 sessions; $210 001, Tue; Oct. 8-Dec. 10, 2013 Hours: 7:30-9:00 p.m. This course enables you to speak Italian quickly and easily. Learn the basic skills of introductions, greetings, names and descriptions of everyday objects. Valuable internet sources will be provided to reinforce classroom knowledge. Required text: Barron s Learn Italian the Fast and Fun Way. Available at the bookstore. Instructor: David Taylor CE 328 Italian II 10 sessions; $210 001, Th; Oct. 10 Dec. 19, 2013 (no class 11/28) Hours: 7:30-9:00 p.m. A continuation of Italian I, this course will focus on everyday situations and on practicing and using the language when traveling. Emphasis will be on the spoken language. Si parla! Su! Prerequisite: Italian I or equivalent. Required Text: Barron s Learn Italian the Fast, Fun Way. Available at the bookstore. Instructor: David Taylor NEW CE 329 Italian III 10 sessions; $210 001, Mon; Oct. 7 Dec. 9, 2013 Hours: 6:00-7:30 p.m. A continuation of Italian II, this course will focus on everyday situations as well as focus on some contemporary sort Literature. Prerequisite: Italian II or equivalent. This course is only suitable for people who already speak and understand Italian at a certain level. NEW CE330 Italian IV 10 sessions; $210 001, Mon; Oct. 7 Dec. 9, 2013 Hours: 7:30-9:00 p.m. A continuation of Italian III, this course will provide a unique opportunity to gain insight into the mores, customs and lifestyle of the people of the target language, Italian. Prerequisite: Italian III or equivalent. This course is only suitable for people who already speak and understand Italian at a certain level. Sign Language American Sign Language courses may be taught without voice. HH 526 Sign Language I Beginner 10 sessions; $260 001, M/W; Oct. 7 Nov. 6, 2013 Hours: 7:00-9:30 p.m. Location: Paramus Instructor: Carl Andreasen Learn the fundamentals of American Sign Language (ASL). Students are introduced to spelling, grammar, exchanging personal information, and talking about family, friends and activities. This course is designed for those who have no knowledge of American Sign Language. HH 282 Sign Language II Advanced Beginner 10 sessions; $210 001, M/W; Oct. 7 Nov. 6, 2013 Hours: 6:00-8:00 p.m. This skill-building course is designed for those who have completed a beginner s ASL course or the equivalent. Develop your receptive and expressive signing skills, look at ASL semantics, culture, features of time, classifiers, making requests, discussing occupations, and attributing qualities to others. Prerequisite: Sign Language I or equivalent. Instructor: Patricia Noel-Rivera HH 527 Sign Language III Intermediate 10 sessions; $210 001, M/W; Nov. 11 Dec. 16, 2013 (no class11/27) Hours: 6:00 8:00 p.m. This course will introduce additional work with classifiers, facial expression, conversational markers, and language rules for giving directions. In addition, ASL semantics and syntax will be introduced. Prerequisite: Sign Language I and II, or equivalent. Textbook for Sign Language I, II and III: Humphries, T. and Padden, C., Learning American Sign Language with DVD, (Prentice Hall). Available at the Bookstore. Instructor: Patricia Noel-Rivera HH 528 Sign Language IV Conversational 10 sessions; $260 001, M/W; Nov. 11 Dec. 6, 2013 Hours: 7:00-9:30 p.m. Improve receptive and expressive skills in American Sign Language. With the use of role-playing exercises, participants will interact and discuss everyday situations, including workplace experiences, family matters, and educational settings. No textbook is required for this course. Prerequisite: Sign Language I, II and III, or equivalent. Instructor: Carl Andreasen To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 55

NONPROFIT LEADERSHIP INSTITUTE NONPROFIT LEADERSHIP INSTITUTE Bergen Community College Nonprofit Leadership Institute Certificate in Nonprofit Leadership This certificate program was designed to strengthen the leadership and management capacity of nonprofit practitioners and those wishing to work in the nonprofit sector. The coursework provides both current and future leaders with the skills and knowledge necessary to respond to the growing complex challenges and opportunities of nonprofit organizations. These courses are ideal for experienced professionals contemplating a career change into the nonprofit sector or for those in government and business interested in learning more about the nonprofit organization with whom they volunteer and support. The Nonprofit Leadership Certificate Program allows participants to: Learn about current trends, challenges, and best practices in nonprofit management. Develop leadership skills necessary to influence decisions of key stakeholders, encourage collaboration and build coalitions. Become part of a local and national network of nonprofit leaders. Explore strategies for building and sustaining relationships. Gain a better understanding of the key principles of philanthropy in order to increase dollars and donors for your organization. Learn best practices for leading and managing for change. Who Should Attend? Candidates for the certificate program include staff, volunteers, board members, executive directors, program directors, committee chairpersons, and business leaders serving on nonprofit boards. These programs are also ideal for experienced professionals contemplating a career change into the nonprofit sector. Participants are encouraged to attend from a wide range of nonprofit organizations including, but not limited to, arts and culture, advocacy groups, community-based organizations, healthcare, human and social services, foundations, environmental groups, membership associations and educational & research organizations. Participants can either elect to take all six courses to obtain a Certificate of Completion or take any individual course(s) based on interest or need. Each course is three hours in length and meets from 6:30 to 9:30 p.m. at a cost of $60. Take all six courses in a certificate program for $360 (CE 977). Payment must be made in full upon registration. To register, please contact the Division of Continuing Education, Corporate and Public Sector Training at (201) 447-7488, or Ria Bloss at (201) 447-7466. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 56

NONPROFIT LEADERSHIP INSTITUTE Nonprofit Management Theory What Makes a Nonprofit a Nonprofit? This course will examine what nonprofits do; how nonprofits are guided and driven by their mission and vision; how they impact the economy; and how they relate to the corporate and public sectors. CE 027 Monday October 21, 2013 Instructor: Amanda Missey, Director and Business Services, Volunteer Center of Bergen County Build a Dynamic Board A nonprofit organization is only as good as its board, but good boards don t just happen. Gain an understanding of best practices in nonprofit governance and learn to use a systematic approach to board development. CE 025 Monday October 28,2013 Instructor: Amanda Missey, Director and Business Services, Volunteer Center of Bergen County Who is in Charge? Effective Leadership for Nonprofits Leading a nonprofit means managing board, staff, funders, clients and the public reputation. This course will examine the unique challenges of nonprofit leadership from the perspective of the CEO. CE 026 Monday November 4, 2013 Instructor: Lynne Algrant, Leadership Consultant, Bergen Leads Impact: Measuring Organizational Success How does a nonprofit know if it is making a difference beyond just counting the number served? This course will explore how to develop key metrics for measuring programmatic success and how to use data to tell the organization s unique and compelling story. CE 028 Monday November 11, 2013 Instructor: Lynne Algrant, Leadership Consultant, Bergen Leads Strategic Planning for Nonprofits This course will explore how to improve organization performance and sustainability through the use of strategic planning. Close attention will be paid to creating a culture of planning, involving constituents at every level and developing plans that remain active and fresh. CE 092 Monday November 18, 2013 Instructor: Lynne Algrant Leadership Consultant, Bergen Leads Certificate in Volunteer Management Too many agencies don t realize the full potential of employee involvement in their agencies. Volunteers bring with them wealth of knowledge, skills, and energy. Make sure your organization has tapped into valuable resource. In this highly-interactive series, we ll hear from experts including veteran managers and panels of volunteers. For a beginning volunteer managers or experienced professionals who want to re-energize their programs. You must take all four parts of this program in order to earn the Certificate in Volunteer Management. To register for this program, please call Ria Bloss at (201) 447-7466. Please register early. Instructors: Amanda Missey, Debbie Emery, Tess Tomas (Volunteer Center of Bergen County) CD 090 Certificate in Volunteer Management 4 sessions; $300 001, Tue; October 22-November 12, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. This certificate program will cover the following areas: Understanding Volunteering: We will introduce participants to volunteering including the history and current state of volunteering, as well as the profession of volunteer management. We ll discuss the real reason organizations have volunteers, what motivates people to volunteer and how organizations can harness that enthusiasm. We ll also discuss how to get leadership and Community buy-in for your program. Planning Your Volunteer Program: Examine the program planning process, including developing and implementing an agency needs assessment, planning staff-volunteer relationships, creating an effective recruitment strategy, how to write the right volunteer position description, and managing risk in your program. Launching Your Volunteer Program: Explore the steps in getting your volunteer program off the ground, including the application and screening process, training and orientation, and placing volunteers in the positions where they will be most effective. Running a Successful Program: Learn effective supervision of volunteers, recognition and retention, as well as obtain results, measure volunteer achievement, and how to evaluate your program. Diversified Funding: The Lifeblood of a Nonprofit This course will examine the techniques and strategies for ensuring a diversified fundraising plan. We will explore Annual Fund Campaigns, Special Events, major gift development, grant writing and donor prospective and cultivation. CE 235 Monday November 25, 2013 Instructor: Kimberly N. Caesar, Director of Development, Joseph M. Sanzari Children s Hospital, Hackensack University Medical Center To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 57

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT NEW CE 333 Songwriting 10 sessions; $200 001, Mon; Sept. 23-Nov. 25, 2013 Hours: 6:00-7:30 p.m. Learn the art of songwriting and let your inner composer soar. Explore the realms of lyric, melody, harmony, rhythm and more. Get to know some of the common elements of a song, song structure, and ways of moving through the songwriting process. Discover the tools successful songwriters use such as crafting hooks, merging lyric with melody, and the interaction of rhythm and harmony. Students will have the opportunity to perform their songs if they desire, and receive feedback from their instructor and peers. Ability to play an instrument is optional. Instructor: Perry Jones NEW CE 331 Memoir Writing 10 sessions; $200 001, Wed; Sept. 25-Dec. 4, 2013 (no class 11/27) Hours: 7:00-8:30 p.m. We all have stories inside of us waiting to be written. The study of memoir is both a journey of self-discovery and a way to share our stories. In this course, students will learn to discover significance through their personal experiences and develop their own unique voice into polished memoirs. Through close examination of both content and craft, this class will illustrate how memoirists evoke empathy and create a context for readers. Students will have opportunities to share their work and receive feedback throughout the course, and an in-class celebration will allow them to bring their accomplishments to life. Instructor: Perry Jones NEW CE 332 The Short Story: Fiction Writing 10 sessions; $200 001, Th; Sept. 26- Dec. 12, 2013 (no class 11/28) Hours: 7:00-8:30 p.m. Learn to bring your characters to life and shape your ideas into stories through the art of fiction writing. This course will examine the creative process as it applies to the elements of fiction and will teach writers to discover and craft the stories that live inside each of them. Selected readings, class discussions and writing exercises will be used to illustrate and develop an understanding of the work PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT Make the time to take a class! Find your passion and enrich your life. Learn the things that will make you a more informed citizen. (Some of them are fun too!) that writers need to do to achieve published work. Students will have the opportunity to see at least one of their stories move through the writing process to completion, and will share their final work in an in-class writing celebration. Instructor: Perry Jones BI 696 How to Write and Sell a Magazine Article 4 sessions; $99 001, Wed; October 2-October 23, 2013 Hours: 7:00-9:00 p.m. This is the class where students get published. Ideal for aspiring or experienced writers alike, this four week course teaches you to think in terms of the marketplace and to understand what editors are looking for. Topics include developing sellable story ideas, choosing the right outlet, writing an effective query letter, plus writer s contracts and copyright. Instructor: M.T. Schwartzman CE 015 U.S. Constitution, Fact and Fiction 6 sessions; $195 001, Th; October 3-November 7, 2013 The U.S. Constitution is an often misquoted document. Constitutional principles are not well understood by many. The goal of the course is to familiarize attendees with the United States Constitution; what is says, and what it does not say. This course will consist of six sessions, each touching upon a constitutional topic. Each participant is expected to engage in a wide ranging discussion on the particular issue in both its historical context and current day context. Students are also encouraged to read current events and bring topics to class that touch upon the U.S. Constitution in today s society. Topics discussed will include: Why we have the Constitution, Why the U.S. Supreme Court has the authority to say what is and what is not Constitutional, Separation of Church and State, The Constitution as a living document, Separation of Powers and checks and balances, and Abortion Rights. You may purchase a copy of the U.S. Constitution, the Articles of Confederation and the Declaration of Independence, or you can find them online at www.archives.gov/exhibits/ charters/constitution. html. You can find the Articles of Confederation at www.usconstitution.net/ Instructor: Thomas R Betancourt, Esq. CE 288 Financial Fraud 1 session; $35 001, Tue; October 15, 2013 Hours: 6:30-8:00 p.m. Financial exploitation of older Americans is one of the fast growing crimes in the United States. Each year millions of senior citizens are victimized by financial fraud, theft of money, property or valuable personal information. This course will focus on various fraud prevention techniques specifically designed for senior citizens, and people who take care of senior citizens, who have become the frequent targets of financial exploitation. Participants will learn to recognize caregiver fraud, frauds committed by those purporting to be from government agencies and charities, the most popular consumer scams, identity theft and more. Instructor: Dana Marsalini CE 212 Before You Buy that Diamond 1 session; $45 001, Mon; October 28, 2013 If you re buying that engagement ring, or any other piece of diamond jewelry, this course is a must! You ll learn not only the 4 C s of quality, but also take an in depth look at new diamond treatments which are available, laboratory certification, and the pros and cons of purchasing diamonds online. Instructor: David Bidwell, GG NEW CE Parliamentary Procedures 5 sessions $99 001, Mon; Nov. 4- Dec. 2, 2013 Hours: 6:30-8p.m. Have you ever asked yourself any of these questions? Does my club really need bylaws? Does Robert s Rules of Order tell me how to handle an overpowering or dominating president? How about a meek and ineffective one? How do you handle disagreements that divide the organization? Where do I find the guidelines needed to become an effective officer in my club or organization? How relevant are the guidelines of Robert s Rules of Order, when you attend a meeting or when you preside at a meeting? Are you afraid to take on the responsibility of leadership, role of Chairman of a committee, or the president of your organization? This course will prepare you, raise your awareness and influence your selfesteem empowering you to participate usefully. You will receive an in-depth examination of why we have rules of procedure, what can and cannot be done in accordance with standard rules, and how to maintain civility while accomplishing work in a deliberative environment. Instructor: Dan Karlan CE 234 Introduction to Strunk & White 3 sessions; $75 001, Wed; November 6, 13 & 20, 2013, Hours: 7:00-8:30 p.m. Remember Strunk & White s The Elements of Style from those long-ago To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 58

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT days at school? Of course you do, but you probably don t recall the lessons learned from this bible of good writing and the only manual of style ever to make the bestseller list. Now is your chance to brush up on it all: punctuation, grammar, commonly confused and misused words, and tips on English usage, good form, and proper composition. The lessons are timeless and useful to anyone who writes emails, memos, corporate reports, personal letters, or college term papers. Students should purchase their own copy of Strunk & White (4th Edition recommended, available online or in bookstores) and bring it to the first class. Instructor: M.T. Schwartzman The Arts CE 109 Recreational Cartooning 6 sessions; $135 001, Th; October 1- November 5, 2013 Learn to create visual images that communicate important life ideas and messages with humor and wit. This course will teach you how to design, draw, and develop ideas, culminating in the printing and producing of your own set of cards and cartoons. Learn tips and tricks from a professional cartoonist with over 30 years of experience, and turn everyday events into funny, whimsical comic strips, cards, and logos. Instructor: Dave McCoy CE 280 Introduction to Basic Sculpture 6 sessions; $129 001, Th; October 3, November 6, 2013 Hours: 12:00-2:30p.m. In this course, students will learn how to model various types of sculpture in clay or plastiline. Begin with a relief then learn to create a mature proportionately for three dimensional works. Come and join us as our renowned instructor Miklos L. Sebek leads you individually step by step to use modeling tools and techniques, work with sculpting materials, achieving various kind of texture on the surface and toward the creation of your own choice of subject matter. A list of materials will be given on the first session, guided by the Instructor, depending on you individual project. The cost of material is not included. Instructor: Miklos L. Sebek CE 211 Intermediate Watercolor 6 sessions; $135 001, Sat; October 5-November 9, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m.-12:00 p.m. This course is designed for anyone with a reasonably good understanding of how to handle watercolor techniques. Discussions and demonstrations provide students with unlimited information regarding color mixing, creating atmospheric effects, tonal painting (light and dark), preserving white paper, creating special effects (using credit cards, razor blades, palette knife), wet into wet painting and much, much more. Simple landscape motifs will be used as the model for demonstrations and no drawing skills are required. A list of materials will be provided upon registration. The cost of materials is not included in tuition. Instructor: Thomas Valenti CE 110 Watercolor for Beginners 6 sessions; $135 001, Sat; October 5-November 9, 2013 Hours: 12:30-2:30 p.m. This is the most comprehensive watercolor course you will ever find. Ideally suited for beginners who have never held a brush, yet even the most experienced watercolorists attending this course will learn to see watercolor from a new perspective. Through a series of simple and easy-to-follow demonstrations and detailed verbal analysis, students will learn the way watercolors work in order to produce beautiful paintings. Please note: a list of necessary materials will be distributed and reviewed on the first day of class. The cost of materials is approximately $125-$140, and is not included in the tuition. Instructor: Thomas Valenti CE 244 Shibori 1 session; $55 001, Sat; October 5, 2013 Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. 002, Sat; October 19, 2013 Hours: 10 a.m.-12:30 p.m. Learn this interesting historical Japanese textile art. You will make a unique silk scarf which will be created with your own personal expression of color and design. All materials and handouts will be supplied in class. No experience needed. Materials fee $20 payable to the instructor and is not included in the tuition. Instructor: Karen Skoglund CE 282 Impressionist Painting 10 sessions; $139 001, M/ Th; Oct. 7-Nov. 7, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m.-12:00 p.m. Have you ever wished you could paint like Monet and van Gogh s impressionist style? This course will teach you step by step, various painting techniques to create your own landscapes, seascapes, and floral painting with acrylics. Materials needed: Paint set by Grum bacher or Winston Newton, 12x 16 canvas, palette, flat Bristol brushes number 5-9, round brushes # 4&7, sponges and a plastic jar. All materials will be under $100. Instructor: Alev Necile Dinc CE 764 Aesthetics of Photography 10 sessions; $300 001, Tue; Oct. 8 -Dec. 10, 2013 Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. Learn the basics and beyond. Discover your own form of expression in photography. Whether you are interested in exploring and releasing your artistic talents or if you are a scrapbooking enthusiast interested in preserving your memories through quality photographs, this class is for you. You will learn the technical tools that will best enable you to achieve compelling pictures. Manage the digital workflow; be ready to take, store, organize, manage and edit your photos. Among the photographic genres to be explored are: nature, street, and travel photography. Required camera type: single lens reflex; digital or film. Instructor: Steve Cohen CE 219 Intermediate Photography 10 sessions; $300 001, Mon; Oct. 7-Dec. 9, 2013 Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. There is no such thing as inaccuracy in a photograph. They are all accurate. None of them is the truth. ~ Richard Avedon Now that you have the basics we will continue to develop your photographic skills. In this course we will solidify your understanding of the technical aspects of photography and then focus on composition. Our goal is to begin to shape your personal vision and visual style. Required camera type: single lens reflex; digital or film. Instructor: Keith Verkem CE 214 Introduction to Calligraphy 3 sessions; $50 001, Sat; November 9, 16, 23, 2013 Hours: 10:00-12:00 p.m. 002, T/Th; December 3, 10, 12, 2013 Do you admire the fine art of calligraphy? Have you ever thought about learning it yourself? All it takes is a little time, patience and practice to begin producing results. Make something you re doing look special. Show off your new talent by addressing invitations, writing a special poem or vows for framing, or handlettering names on award certificates. The Chancery Cursive style of calligraphy will be taught. Please bring $10 to the first class to give to the instructor for materials. Instructor: Robin Altman CE 292 Intermediate Calligraphy 3 sessions; $50 001, Sat; November 9, 16 & 23, 2013 Hours: 1:00-3:00 p.m. The Intermediate Calligraphy course is for those who have either taken Introduction to Calligraphy or who want to refine their skills. We will continue to work with the Chancery Cursive style. Students will select an individual project to work on the last session. A $10 material fee is payable to the instructor at the first class and is not included in the tuition. Instructor: Robin Altman Film Industry CE 286 Basic Film Production Crew Positions 6 sessions; $445 001, Fri; October 4-November 8, 2013 Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. Students will learn basic elements of film production crew positions, how to get work, build your resume and even intern on real film production sets. We will teach Pre-production Production Post- Production Phases of making a movie. Topics include: funding, screen writing, breakdowns, casting, crew, costume, location scouting, set dressing, special effects, props and scheduling. The Certificate in Film and Production is a hands-on program involving the study of film, art, and the American cinema. Students will be challenged by taking an array of courses that will allow them the opportunity to understand the basics, to becoming engrossed in acting training, preceded by script writing and even involvement as film crew. Students must complete an independent film project and all four courses successfully to receive this certificate. Successful students who receive outstanding remarks from our instructor will be interviewed; those chosen from the interview may have an opportunity to audition or intern with Mr. Bora s film company Radiant Pictures Entertainment. Instructor: Matthew Bora To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 59

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT CE 283 Make Your Own Feature Film 10 sessions; $300 001; M/W; Sept. 30- Oct. 30, 2013 Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. This course is an introduction to cinema. We will study film as an art form in itself, covering American cinema and its history. Students will learn what crew personnel do; including set writer, producer, director, actor, camera, sound, lights, make-up, editor, and music composer. We will discuss the scripts/ screenplay. We will go over hiring and selecting a cast, acting and rehearsing. Completion of a course film project will be necessary to complete this course. Instructor: Matthew Bora CE 285 Basic Film Acting Training 15 sessions; $500 001, T/Th; Sept. 24- Nov. 12, 2013 Hours: 7:00-9:00 p.m. Matthew Bora Hollywood Film Producer, Director will teach a film acting training class for adults, film auditions, movie camera techniques and about the industry. We will create a short actors reel, or short film within the several week session and the film may also be entered into film festivals and seen worldwide! Instructor: Mathew Bora Music NEW CE 333 Songwriting 10 sessions; $200 001, Mon; Sept. 23-Nov. 25, 2013 Hours: 6:00-7:30 p.m. Learn the art of songwriting and let your inner composer soar. Explore the realms of lyric, melody, harmony, rhythm and more. Get to know some of the common elements of a song, song structure, and ways of moving through the songwriting process. Discover the tools successful songwriters use such as crafting hooks, merging lyric with melody, and the interaction of rhythm and harmony. Students will have the opportunity to perform their songs if they desire, and receive feedback from their instructor and peers. Ability to play an instrument is optional. Instructor: Perry Jones CE 324 Introduction to Guitar 10 sessions; $140 001, Fri; Sept. 27-Dec. 6, 2013 Hours: 6:00-7:30pm This course will introduce students to basic principles, concepts and terminology. They will be instructed on the proper way to hold the instrument, preferring fingering techniques and other rudimentary skills involved in playing the guitar. Using a hands-on approach, students will have an opportunity to put into practice what they learn about scales and chords. Ear training will be touched upon via active listening techniques and elementary music theory will be introduced. The overall tone of the class is designed to be fun and inspire students to want to learn more. Instructor: Perry Jones CE 325 Intermediate Guitar 10 sessions; $140 001, Fri, Sept. 27-Dec. 6, 2013 Hours: 7:30-9:00 p.m. This course takes beginners to the next level in their guitar playing. Complex chord types such as dominant 7 chords and bar chords will be introduced as will additional scale positions. Demonstrations and discussion of more complex chord progressions will lead to an exploration into composition and songwriting. Instructor: Perry Jones Pet Care HH 161 Parenting Your Pet: Basic Pet Care for Every Stage of Life 1 session; $60 001, Sat; November 2, 2012 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-12:00 p.m. Location: Vet. Tech. Bldg. Pet parenthood is a promise to care for the basic needs of your best friend. In this workshop, pet parents will learn the basics of grooming, including how to brush your pet s teeth, safe nail and ear care, the importance of bathing and brushing, proper medication techniques, and more. Learn how to make the most of your relationship with your pet, from how to kitten and puppy-proof your house to the special nutritional and exercise needs of senior pets. This informative class will include hands-on practice using animal prototypes. Instructor: Lisa Picht, LVT HH 155 Pet First Aid 1 session; $60 001, Sat; October 12, 2012 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-12:00 p.m. Location: Vet. Tech. Bldg. Your best friend depends upon you for love, affection and his/her well-being. In this class, you will learn the basics of first aid, how to handle an injured animal and the normal vital signs for cats and dogs. Students will practice on animal models the proper techniques for securing limbs and performing CPR. This class is a must for pet parents. Students will be issued certificates of completion. Instructor: Lisa Picht, LVT Security Officer Training CD 562 Security Officers Registration Act (SORA) 3 sessions; $100 001, W/Th/F; Sept. 25, 26 & 27, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. 002, Wed/Thu/Fri; Nov. 6, 7 & 8, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. Location: Paramus Campus As of January 8, 2007, anyone hired by a licensed Security Agent must comply with SORA. Active law enforcement officers working in an off-duty security capacity for a licensed Security Agency must obtain a Security Officer Certification. If your goal is to work in the security field, you should get certified. This course is 24 hours. All students will be subject to a background check. This course requires additional fees not reflected in the tuition: A fee of $75 to the State Police, and $70.25 for fingerprinting. This should be done before the class starts. For more information, please visit: www.njsp.org Instructor: Jerry O Connor, PhD. ME 521 Security Officers Recertification 1 session; $40 001, Fri; October 4, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. 002; Fri; November 15, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. Location: Meadowlands Campus This mandatory re-certification course is for the Security Officer Professional who s NJ State SORA Certification is about to expire. You can attend this course 60 days prior to expiration date. This 8-hour class updates you in First Aide, Use of Force, Ethics, Theft Prevention, New Terrorism Awareness and policy of Legal Powers and Limitations. New standard on emergency procedures are discussed. The renewal fee will be $80.20 to the New Jersey State Police is not included in the tuition. Instructor: Jerry O Connor CD 072 Animal Control Officers Training (ACO) 7 sessions; $879 001, Sat; Oct. 5-Nov. 23, 2013 Hours: 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. If you ve watched Animal Planet or Nat Geo you have seen programs highlighting the work that dedicated trained people do to make our world a better place for the animals who we share our planet with. This is your opportunity to begin a career as a paid municipal officer or as a volunteer working with animals as a part of a rescue group, shelter, or other animal welfare organization. You can make a difference in the lives of the animals who live amongst us! The Certified Animal Control Officer (ACO) Course approved by the New Jersey Department of Health and Senior Services meets the requirements of the N.J.A.C. 8:23A-2.2 statute for appointment as an ACO by a New Jersey Municipality and affords you these opportunities. Over the course of seven (7) Saturdays you will be taught by, interact with, and build relationships with eight (8) of the foremost experts in the State of New Jersey regarding Animal Control. Graduates also receive certifications for Incident Command Systems 100, National Incident Management 700 and Pet First Aid. In addition to the classroom component participants must arrange for and complete a 20- hour field training component in order to receive certification. Please contact Career Development Institute (CDI) at www.cditraining.org with any additional course content or certification questions that you may have. Instructor: John C. Saccenti, President CD 071 Animal Cruelty Investigator Training (ACI) 7 sessions; $789 Offered Spring Semester - 2014 Learn how to become part of the solution to end animal cruelty! Anyone wishing to understand the issue of animal cruelty, the animal cruelty laws; and, their enforcement may and should attend this course. This includes animal control officers, kennel managers, shelter workers, rescue group personnel, and volunteers. The Animal Cruelty Investigators Course is approved by the New Jersey Department of Health and Senior Services and the New Jersey Police Training Commission; and, over the course of seven (7) Saturdays, you will have to opportunity to be taught by, interact with, and build relationships with six (6) of the foremost experts in the State of New Jersey regarding Animal Cruelty. Successful completion of this course is required for appointment as an Animal Cruelty Investigator by a New Jersey Municipality and meets the requirements of N.J.A.C. 8:23A-2.6. For further information regarding certification, course content, or questions please contact CDI at www.cditraining.org To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 60

PEST CONTROL PEST CONTROL The School of Continuing Education is proud to present a complete range of pest control program courses, for those who wish to be informed about the New Jersey Environmental Protection Agency s requirements. Everyone is welcome to register for these courses that will detail how to rid your home or office, inside and out, from everything from roaches to rodents or termites to carpenter ants. These courses offer credits to pesticide handlers, landscapers, food handlers, and health department officials. These credits are for recertification on a preexisting pesticide license. Don t let these pests bug you! Certified Applicators Recertification Training All courses are approved by the NJ Department of Environmental Protection for recertification credits only. You must have an applicators license in order to receive recertification units. Pesticide applicators, food handlers, landscapers, home inspectors, dog groomers, and health department officials may choose any or all of the three-hour courses to meet their particular needs. Instructor: Joe D Ambrozio All licensed pesticide applicators must provide their license number at the class. Upon completion of each class, licensed students will be eligible for six units for New Jersey Pesticide Applicators recertification requirement categories which are listed below. Preregistration is required prior to class. These courses will only be offered once in the fall semester. CD 291 Pesticide Safety I 1 session; $60 001, Mon; October 7, 2013 Hours: 1:00-4:00 p.m. 6 CORE units CD 300 Pesticide Safety II 1 session; $60 001, Tue; October 8, 2013 Hours: 1:00-4:00 p.m. 6 CORE units CD 293 Cockroaches 1 session; $60 001, Wed; October 9, 2013 Hours: 1:00-4:00 p.m. 6 units in 7A General Household; 6 units in 7D Food Processing; 6 units in 8A General Public Health CD 294 Rodents 1 session; $60 001, Th; October 10, 2013 Hours: 1:00-4:00 p.m. 6 units in 7A General Household; 6 units in 7D Food Processing; 6 units in 8A General Public Health CD 295 Termites 1 session; $60 001, Mon; October 14, 2013 Hours: 1:00-4:00 p.m. 6 units in 7B Termites & Other Wood Destroying Insects CD 296 Carpenter Ants 1 session; $60 001, Tue; October 15, 2013 Hours: 1:00 a.m.-4:00 p.m. 6 units in 7B Termites & Other Wood Destroying Insects CD 493 Bed Bug Basics 1 session; $75 001, Wed; October 16, 2013 Hours: 1:00-5:00 p.m. 6 units in 7A General Household This course will cover basics of bed bug infestation. Biology, behavior, control method, treatment options, nonchemical organic pesticide options, will all be discussed. Also, health aspects, difficulties of the treatment, preparation before treatment, protection of the technician, and how pets spread bed bugs. Consumer prevention, symptoms of bed bug bites, and reducing the risk of transporting bed buds. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 61

PROPERTY MANAGEMENT EDUCATION PROPERTY MANAGEMENT EDUCATION To homeowners, a well-managed property looks nice, operates smoothly, and preserves the resale value of the property. To businesses and investors, properly managed real estate may result in greater income and profits. Property managers maintain and raise the value of real estate investments by handling the logistics of running a property. If you are interested in working in a dynamic field that values independence, cooperation, planning, and customer service, explore the possibilities of becoming a property manager. Certificate Program in Residential Property Management Residential Property Management Certificate Program is designed for individuals interested in the management of the townhouse and condominium complexes, Adult 55/Senior residences, and other residential planned communities that abound in our area. The certificate program provides foundational knowledge in general operations and maintenance programs for residential properties and communities. Students learn fundamental financial management skills, gaining an understanding of insurance, safety, security and risk management issues. Additionally, the ins-and-outs of managing special facilities such as community swimming pools and clubhouses are covered. Participants acquire effective customer service and communication skills to foster mutually beneficial relationships with Boards/Volunteer community leaders, tenants and/or community members. To earn a certificate in Residential Property Management, individuals must complete all 9 courses in the program. Courses are offered in fall and spring, and five are offered in spring 2013. The Overview course is offered in both fall and spring so that individuals may start the certificate program in either semester. The Complete Community Manager is also offered in both semester, but this should be your last course. There is no time limit for completing the certificate program. Classes may also be taken on an individual, non-certificate basis. Instructor: Raymond A. Lomax Fall 2013 CD 551 Overview of Residential Property Management CD 552 Financial Foundations of Residential Property Managers CD 553 Building Operations & Maintenance CD 554 Safety, Security, and Risk Management Essentials CD 573 The Complete Community Manager Spring 2014 CD 551 Overview of Residential Property Management CD 555 Exterior & Grounds Maintenance CD 556 Managing Special Facilities CD 557 Community Relations CD 558 Managing People to Manage Communities CD 573 The Complete Community Manager To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 62

PROPERTY MANAGEMENT EDUCATION CD 551 Overview of Residential Property Management 1 session; $60 001, Wed; September 18, 2013 This introductory session will touch on the central issues involved in managing today s residential properties by identifying types of residential properties, examining the role of the property management/manager in relation to property owners, residents, and staff, and addressing interaction with municipal government and officials. CD 552 Financial Foundations for Residential Property Managers 3 sessions; $135 001, Wed; October 2-October 16, 2013 Students will learn basic budgeting and accounting practices necessary to manage residential properties, including a yearly operating budget, asset management, long-range planning, capital needs analysis of existing facilities, negotiating with contractors/suppliers/vendors for competitive pricing, and establishing contracts for service and supplies. CD 553 Building Operations and Maintenance 3 sessions; $135 001, Wed.; Oct. 23-Nov. 6, 2013 The property manager is the go-to person for many issues related to the management of the community. Buildings, grounds, and common areas within the community must be maintained, improved and protected at all times. Basic understanding of HVAC, plumbing and water management, energy management, waste/recycling issues, elevators, and roofing issues will prepare you to handle everyday challenges. A good manager must have the general knowledge or be able to choose service providers to correct problems and tackle planned improvements in a timely manner. CD 554 Safety, Security, and Risk Management Essentials 3 sessions; $135 001, Wed; Nov. 13-Dec. 4, 2013 Participants will learn to navigate the legal aspects of residential property management; identify insurance issues; examine compliance with federal, state, and local codes including OSHA, ADA, fire, and life safety; develop emergency and disaster preparedness responsibilities; explore community security options; and coordinate efforts with local municipal government and officials. CD 573 The Complete Community Manager: Putting It All Together 1 session; $60 001, Wed; December 11, 2013 Property management is a growing industry which involves all aspects of management and working with people. This session ties together all of previous units, finalizes the community into one unified concept and completing the budget process. The course also covers how to of present materials and a final budget to the entire community. Courses Offered in the Spring CD 551 Overview of Residential Property Management 1 session; $60 001, Wed; February 19, 2014 This introductory session will touch on the central issues involved in managing today s residential properties by identifying types of residential properties, examining the role of the property management/manager in relation to property owners, residents, and staff, and addressing interaction with municipal government and officials. CD 555 Exterior and Grounds Maintenance 1 session; $60 001, Wed.; February 26, 2014 The general appearance and up-keep of the residential community is extremely important to the value of the community association. Responsibility for maintaining the building exteriors and grounds falls squarely in the domain of the property manager. Participants will be able to assess and develop plans for landscaping, storm water management and develop strategies for parking and general traffic issues. The association management is also responsible for the maintenance service vehicles owned by the association. CD 556 Managing Special Facilities 2 sessions; $99 001, Wed; March 5-March 26, 2013 Residential properties often include community amenities like swimming pools, game rooms, exercise areas and clubhouses where special events are hosted. These recreational facilities bring unique management challenges requiring special attention. Completion of general rules of operation and usage, mandatory compliance of environmental codes, maintenance procedures and obtaining necessary inspections and licenses will be discussed. Some community facilities may also be rented to outside community residents/individuals/ groups. Contracts, fees, and procedures need to be clearly developed. Skills obtained in this class will help prepare the manager to deal with these special challenges and facility management in a variety of residential properties. CD 557 Community Relations 3 sessions; $135 001, Wed; April 2-April 16, 2014 Property management also involves people management. Sharpen your interpersonal communications skills with this course, and learn to effect optimal relations between community leaders, residents, municipal government officials and the management office. Discussions will involve the use of newsletters, websites, bulletin boards, community meetings, resident rules and by-laws outlining the specific responsibilities of residents and the management team to help all parties communicate effectively, and resolve disputes. Participants will also explore the unique needs of various residential communities. CD 572 Managing People to Manage Communities 3 sessions; $135 001, Wed.; April 23-May 7, 2014 What role does the community manager play in managing personnel and working with community residents? This course will discuss staff selection and training, scheduling, developing staff manual and job descriptions, and performance review. Participants will also look at issues surrounding the training of community board and committee members. CD 573 The Complete Community Manager- Putting It All Together 1 session; $60 001, Wed; March 14, 2014 Property management is a growing industry which involves all aspects of management and working with people. This session ties together all of previous units, finalizes the community into one unified concept and completing the budget process. The course also covers how to of present materials and a final budget to the entire community. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 63

QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM QUALITY ASSURANCE CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Bergen Community College has partnered with North Jersey and Metropolitan Divisions American Society for Quality to provide our businesses and business professionals up to date training in quality systems and regulatory issues. Quality Assurance Certificate Program at Bergen Community College Bergen Community College has partnered with North Jersey and Metropolitan Divisions American Society for Quality to provide our businesses and business professionals up-to-date training in quality systems and regulatory issues. CD 077 Certified Six Sigma Black Belt 22 sessions; $600 001, M/Th; Sept. 16- Dec. 4, 2013 (no class 11/28 ) Hours: 6:00-8:30 p.m. Six Sigma Quality is the key to success in today s competitive world. This is true of manufacturing and service organizations as well as educational, governmental, and not-for-profit sectors. The CSSBB course Bridges the gap between the ASQ Certified Six Sigma Green and Black Belt Bodies-of- Knowledge. Six Sigma Black Belts are employees who spend a substantial amount of their time on process improvement teams. The Six Sigma Black Belt leads project teams that analyze and solve quality problems, and are involved in Six Sigma, lean, and other quality improvement activities. Cross functional Six Sigma teams use the DMAIC approach: DEFINE, MEASURE, ANALYZE, IMPROVE, CONTROL. Six Sigma Black Belts are in increasing demand, and often go on to become Six Sigma Master Black Belts. This ASQ course gives you the knowledge needed to serve as a Black Belt on a Process Improvement Team. This ASQ course references the American Society for Quality Six Sigma Black Belt Body of Knowledge, uses Black Belt materials from the Quality Council of Indiana, and is taught by an ASQ Certified Six Sigma Black Belt. Graduates receive continuing education units and may be eligible to sit for the new ASQ CSSBB Exam. This course prepares you for taking the American Society for Quality (ASQ) Six Sigma Black Belt Quality Certification Exam offered locally every June and December. Prerequisite: ASQ Certified Six Sigma Green Belt Body of Knowledge or equivalent. Instructor: Carl Perini CD 076 Certified Quality Engineer (CQE) 22 sessions; $650 001, M/Th; Sept. 16- Dec. 5, 2013 (no class 11/28) This course helps prepare the student for the Certified Quality Engineer examination. It offers a detailed review of the body of knowledge which is covered in this examination. The amount of material covered is extensive and students are expected to have a firm basic background in most areas of Quality Engineering. Topics include: Quality Management Techniques, Quality Systems, Advanced statistical Methods, Probability, Sampling Principles, Planning and Control Techniques, Quality Audits, Basic Statistical Concepts, Statistical Applications, Reliability and Risk Management. Prerequisite: Basics of Statistical Processes Used for Quality. Instructor: Michael Parrillo CD 525 Certified Six Sigma Green Belt (CSSGB) 20 sessions; $560 001, T/Fri; Sept. 20-Dec. 5, 2013 Hours: 6:00-8:30 p.m. Six Sigma Quality is the key to success in today s competitive world. This is true of manufacturing and service organizations as well as educational, governmental, and not-for-profit sectors. Six Sigma Green Belts are employees who spend some of their time on process improvement teams. The Six Sigma Green Belt analyzes and solves quality problems, and is involved in six sigma, lean, and other quality improvement projects. Cross functional Six Sigma teams use the DMAIC approach: DEFINE, MEASURE, ANALYZE, IMPROVE, CONTROL. Six Sigma Green Belts are in increasing demand, and often go on to become Six Sigma Black Belts. This ASQ course gives you the knowledge needed to serve as a Green Belt on a Process Improvement Team. This ASQ course references the American Society for Quality Six Sigma Green Belt Body of Knowledge, uses Green Belt materials from the Quality Council of Indiana, and is taught by an ASQ Certified Six Sigma Black Belt. Graduates receive continuing education units and may be eligible to sit for the new ASQ CSSGB Exam. This course prepares you for taking the American Society for Quality (ASQ) Six Sigma Green Belt Quality Certification Exam in December. Instructor: Carl Perini w ww.bergen.edu/continuinged To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 64

QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM CD 527 Certified Quality Auditor 10 sessions; $300 001, Tue; October 1-December 3, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. The certified quality auditor review centers on the ASQ Body of Knowledge to help prepare the student for the ASQ Certified Quality Auditor examination. Topics discussed include audit terms and definitions, phases of audits, corrective action closure, the new auditing ISO Standard 19011, and the review of the application of some basic quality tools and techniques such as control charts, sampling plans and quality costs. This course helps prepare the student for the ASQ Certified Quality Engineer examination. It offers a detailed review of the body of knowledge which is covered in this examination. The amount of material covered is extensive: Prospective students are expected to have a firm basic background in most areas of Quality Engineering. Topics: Quality Management Techniques Quality Systems Advanced Statistical Methods Probability Sampling Principals Planning and Control Techniques Quality Improvement Techniques Basic Statistical Concepts Quality Audits Measurements Statistical Applications Reliability and Risk Management. Instructor: Joel Schwartzman CD 016 Formulation of Solutions 6 sessions; $650 001, Sat; October 5-November 9, 2013 Hours: 8:00 a.m.-4:00 p.m. (plus 45 hours of on-line study) This 6-week laboratory based course will prepare you for entry level work formulating solutions in the biotechnology/pharmaceutical and chemical industries. Laboratory is run like an industrial lab workday. Background material is provided in recorded online lectures and assignments. You will prepare simple solutions and buffers via titration and SOP. You will learn to calculate how to prepare solutions from chemical formulas, how to calculate dilution, proper measuring and weighing techniques and labeling requirements. You will quality control the product by ph and ionic strength and Spectrophotometry. You will prepare an SOP for a buffer, a product specification sheet and an MSDS for your product. All work will be done in accordance with FDA regulations. Instructor: Soledad Focht CD 017 Protein Purification 6 sessions; $650 001, Sat; Nov. 2-Dec. 14, 2013 (no class 11/24) Hours: 8:00 a.m.-4:00 p.m. (plus 45 hours of on-line study) This 6-week laboratory based course will prepare you for entry level work purifying proteins in the biotechnology/pharmaceutical industries. Laboratory is run like an industrial lab workday. Background material is provided in recorded online lectures and assignments. You will purify antibody from serum of sheep utilizing the techniques of precipitation, dialysis, centrifugation, and affinity chromatography. You will quality control product via, protein assay, immunoassay and electrophoresis. You will prepare the following documents product specification sheet and MSDS for your product. All work will be done in accordance with FDA regulations. Required background: Formulation of Solutions or equivalent experience, working knowledge of simple statistical Excel functions and basic pipetting skills. Instructor: Soledad Frocht CD 529 Quality Improvement Associate Certification CQIA 13 sessions; $500 001, Mon; Sept. 30-Dec. 16, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. This course introduces the student to the basics of quality systems and their implementation. It covers the history of Quality Systems & Processes, Statistical Processes used to control Variation, Teams, Roles & Responsibility, Decision Making, Continuous Improvement, Problem Solving, Process Control and Customer-Supplier Relationships. The certified Quality Improvement Associate review centers on the ASQ Body of Knowledge to help prepare the student for the ASQ certification examination. This preparatory course covers the entire Body of Knowledge to ensure the student is familiar with all required material and is better able to understand how to apply quality standards and technical concepts in support of inspection activities Instructor: Susan Smarth. CD 530 Excel for Quality Control 13 sessions; $500 001, Wed; September 18-December 18, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:30 p.m. Become proficient in Quality Assurance uses of spreadsheets and learn how to create graphs of numerical data. Topics include: the entering and editing data; sorting data, format and filtering of data; use of formulas; graphing and utilization of the basic statistical Excel functions for evaluations and other. Prerequisite: Basic PC skills. Instructor: Susan Smarth CD 079 Basics of Statistical Processes Used for Quality 22 session; $650 001, Tue/Fri; September 17-December 3, 2013 This course introduces the student to the practical and effective use of elementary statistics for quality purposes. Knowledge of basic statistical concepts is essential for those students who are interested in achieving ASQ certification such as CQE (Certified Quality Engineer), CSSGB (Certified Six Sigma Green Belt), and CSSBB (Certified Six Sigma Black Belt). The course will cover the following areas: Goals of statistics, collecting data, how data collected from a sample are used to infer characteristics about the entire population, how to organize data sets, how to understand data by describing trends, averages and variations. You will learn how to determine the probability that an event will occur and how to use probability distributions to determine the possible outcomes and make decisions and how to recognize normal distributions and use their properties in real-life applications, also, how to make meaningful estimates, test a claim and to look at data from several perspectives. Prerequisite: 2 years of algebra, an open mind and a willingness to study. Instructor: Susan Smarth CD 078 Certified Pharmaceutical GMP Professional (CPGP) 22 sessions; $999 001, M/Th; Oct. 1-Dec. 3, 2013 The Certified Pharmaceutical GMP Professional is intended for those knowledge workers involved in finished drug product, API, excipient, drug component, or combination product industries. CPGP certification was introduced by ASQ in 2009 and is intended for those professional who have a minimum of three year of experienced in the pharmaceutical industry or equivalent. The course will provide a fundamental understanding of current international Good Manufacturing Practices which in the United States and abroad are quality systems mandated by federal legislation. Curriculum will cover the full CPGP Body of Knowledge in preparation of the ASQ certification exam. Course topics include international global regulatory frameworks such as full FDA CFR 210/211, relevant regulations and guidelines, mutual recognition agreements, quality management systems, laboratory systems, infrastructure (facilities, utilities, and equipment), materials and supply chain management, sterile and nonsterile manufacturing systems, filling/ packaging/labeling, product development, and technology transfer. Instructor: Carl Perini To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 65

REAL ESTATE REAL ESTATE New opportunities begin here with a career in real estate. Independence, financial success and professional growth are some of the advantages that can be gained with a career in real estate sales and real estate appraisal. This course is designed for those who are interested in studying modern real estate transactions, real estate law, real estate commission rules and regulations and the components of the Real Estate Licensing Examination. It is approved by the State of New Jersey for those who plan to take the Real Estate Licensing Examination. Please note: A criminal background check is required by the State of New Jersey prior to licensing. Required text: Principles and Practices of New Jersey Real Estate, (Kovats, 18 th Ed.). Available at the BCC Bookstore. Instructor: David Rowan, Real Estate Director. CD 107 75-Hour Real Estate Salesperson s Licensing Course 22 sessions; $399 001, M/W; Sept. 23- Dec. 9, 2013 (no class 11/27) Hours: 9:30 a.m.-1:00 p.m. Location: CLC 002, M/W; Sept. 23-Dec. 9, 2013 (no class 11/27) Hours: 6:30-9:00 p.m. Location: CLC 003, T/Th; Oct. 1-Dec. 10, 2013 (no class 11/28) Hours: 6:00-9:30 p.m. Location: Ft. Lee Campus CD 321 Introduction to Appraising Real Estate 20 sessions; $635 001, T/Th; Sept. 24-Dec. 10, 2013 Hours: 6:30-10:00 p.m. Learn the basic principles of appraising real estate. Topics include: purpose of appraisal, identifying ownership rights, legal descriptions, housing designs, market income/cost approaches to value, data collection, and more. This 60-hour course fulfills the State of New Jersey appraisal education requirement, but licensing is contingent upon taking the USPAP within one year, (offered in summer of 2013) and apprentice service and experience requirements as set forth by the state. Required texts: Basic Appraisal Principles and Basic Appraisal Procedures. Both books are by Munizzo/Masial. Instructor: Tim Griffith A New Addition! CEU s for existing realtors and brokers: Get your CEU s for $99 before 2013. Bergen Community College Division of Continuing Education is now an Approved Provider for the State of New Jersey s Real Estate Commission in offering Real Estate CEU s for Brokers and Salespersons. All Brokers and Real Estate Salespersons must have 12 CEU s by April 2013. Each of our four courses offers 3 CEU s. Each course is 3 hours in length and will be offered on Friday evening. If taken separately, each course is $30. If you are registering for all four courses at the same time, the cost is $99; please use this code: CD 041. Any questions, please call Ria Bloss at 201 447-7466 or rbloss@bergen.edu Instructor: David Rowan, Director of Real Estate CD 037 Ethics 1 session; $30 001, Fri; October 4, 2013 CD 038 Agency 1 session; $30 001, Fri; October 11, 2013 CD 039 Real Estate Statute & Rules 1 session; $30 001, Fri; October 18, 2013 CD 040 Legal Issues, Contracts, Ownership & Attorney Review 1 session; $30 001, Fri; October 25, 2013 Additional Real Estate Courses CE 922 How To Buy Foreclosed Properties 1 session; 2 hours; $30 001, Tue; October 8, 2013 Hours: 7:00-9:00 p.m. Arm yourself with the resources you ll need to buy foreclosed properties. Students will learn how to understand the foreclosure process from default to sheriff sale, evaluate profitability, and finance foreclosures with little or no down payment. Learn how to negotiate with property owners or successfully bid on government foreclosures. Position yourself as a cash buyer and generate large profits from short sales. Instructor: Earl Myers CE 921 How To Improve Your Credit Score 1 session; 2 hours; $30 001, Tue; October 15, 2013 Hours: 7:00-9:00 p.m. Having a good credit score can save the average consumer over $60,000 in reduced interest costs and fees over a lifetime. It is also a fact that many employers now run credit checks on job applicants prior to hiring. Having a good credit score is vital in today s economy. Students will learn how to understand the three major credit agencies and why your credit score may differ. Learn what the ideal credit score is, how to improve yours, and the five steps to correct errors on your credit report. Instructor: Earl Myers CE 923 Fix and Flip: Buying, Renovating and Selling Real Estate Properties 1 session; 2 hours; $30 001, Tue; October 22, 2013 Hours: 7:00-9:00 p.m. Finding a suitable investment property can be difficult. Knowing the ins and outs of real estate investments can provide you with a great method to increase your wealth. Students will learn how to buy depressed properties, determine a best offer and creatively finance them and understand municipal restrictions on depressed or vacant properties. Learn how to build a successful real estate project team to expedite rehab timeline, budget for the unexpected, determine if you should rent or flip, evaluate the holding period and the costs associated. Instructor: Earl Myers To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 66

TEACHER EDUCATION TEACHER EDUCATION New Pathways to Teaching in New Jersey (NPTNJ) Want to make a difference? Become a teacher! NPTNJ is a New Jersey Department of Education (NJDOE) approved Alternate Route teacher education program designed for candidates who hold a completed Bachelor s degree with a minimum GPA of 2.75. The NPTNJ program is offered through a consortium of collaborating New Jersey community colleges and New Jersey City University (NJCU) and meets regularly at Bergen Community College in Paramus. New Pathways to Teaching in New Jersey (NPTNJ) Information Session Wednesday, November 6, 2013 6:00 p.m. at the Moses Family Meeting & Training Center, TEC-128 The NPTNJ program is a partnership between New Jersey City University (NJCU) and Bergen Community College as well as other collaborating New Jersey community colleges. NPTNJ is an alternate route to teacher certification program for people who possess a Bachelor s degree or higher and did not complete a traditional teacher education program. The program is divided into two stages: Stage I and II. To enroll in Stage I of NPTNJ, a candidate must first complete Introduction to Teaching 24 Hour Preservice Program, a NJ Department of Education requirement for all Alternate Route Teacher candidates, pass the PRAXIS II exam, apply to the New Jersey Department of Education (NJDOE) for a Certificate of Eligibility (CE) and be issued a CE. To enroll in The Introduction to Teaching 24-hour Pre-Service Program, candidates must: Possess a Bachelor s degree or higher from a 4-year college or university 2.50 GPA or higher if graduated prior to 9/1/04 2.75 GPA or higher if graduated after 9/1/04 Enrollment in Introduction to Teaching 24-hour Pre-Service Program does not guarantee enrollment in NPTNJ. HY 003 Introduction to Teaching: 24-Hour Pre-service Program (Hybrid Course) 5 sessions; $240 001, Th; Sept. 12-Oct. 10, 2013 Hours: 6:00-10:00 p.m. Instructor: George Testa 002, Sat; Sept. 21-Oct. 19, 2013 Hours: 9:30 a.m.-1:30 p.m. Instructor: Joe Polvere 003, Tue; October 1-October 29, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m.-2:00 p.m. Instructor: Susan Ewing 004, Th; Oct. 24-Nov. 21, 2013 Hours: 6:00-10:00 p.m. Instructor: George Testa 005, Sat; Nov. 2-Dec. 7, 2013 (no class 11/30) Hours: 9:30 a.m.-1:30 p.m. Instructor: Joe Polvere 006, Tue; Nov. 12-Dec. 10, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m.-2:00 p.m. Instructor: Susan Ewing This non-credit course is an overview of the teaching profession with an initial orientation in class of 4 hours, 12 hours online, and 4 hours in class wrapup. A certificate of completion will be issued from the NJ Department of Education once all course requirements are met. The certificate must be included in the CE application packet. Required text: Introduction to Teaching, Fran Levin (available in the Continuing Education section of the Bergen Community College bookstore). To enter Stage I of NPTNJ, candidates must possess: Bachelor s degree or higher from a 4- year college or university 2.75 GPA or higher (No exceptions) Certificate of Eligibility(s) (CE s) from the New Jersey Department of Education Stage I classes begin in September 2013/January/April/June 2014 at the Paramus campus of Bergen Community College. Registration begins in August 2013 for September Stage I; December 2013 for January Stage I; March 2014 for April Stage I and May 2014 for June Stage I. Stage I meets twice a week for 6 weeks and includes 15 hours of classroom observation in a NJ DOE approved school. To enter Stage II of NPTNJ, candidates must possess: Minimum grade of B after completing Stage I of NPTNJ Contract of Employment as a full or part-time provisional teacher of record for the school year. Registration for Stage II begins in August 2013. Stage II classes begin every September and end the following June, occurring one night a week while the candidate is participating in the first year of teaching as a provisional teacher. The NJ DOE requires teachers who will be teaching Elementary Education or Middle School to take the following two courses within their first two years of teaching: 45 Hour Literacy and 45 Hour Math. The 45 Hour Literacy course is being offered this fall and the 45 Hour Math will be offered in the spring of 2014. Please contact rimperato@bergen.edu for more information on these two courses. Please visit the Bergen Community College s New Pathway s web site: http://www.bergen.edu/pages1/ Pages/5349.aspx Questions: email NPTNJ@bergen.edu or call (201) 447-7488 To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 67

TEACHER EDUCATION Child Development Associate (CDA) Certificate Program This program is designed to provide educational hours towards a nationally recognized credential for those in the early childhood profession who care for children from birth to age five. The eight required subject areas are divided into 3 courses and students follow track A or B. Courses must be taken in order. Upon completion of the CDA and enrollment in the Associates in Applied Sciences (AAS) degree in Early Childhood Education at Bergen Community College, a student will be awarded nine college credits in Early Childhood Education. These credits will be awarded to students who meet the admissions requirement for Bergen Community College. At the completion of the program you will have created a professional resource file and have prepared for the final exam, given by the credentialing office. To find out more about CDA certification, call the CDA office at (800) 424-4310 or visit www.cdacouncil.org. Book requirements will be discussed in class. Prerequisite: Candidates must be 18 years old or older and possess a high school diploma or GED. SD 736 CDA Program, IB (Hybrid Course) 15 sessions; $475 001, Wed; Sept. 18-Dec. 18, 2013 (no class 11/27) Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Instructor: Carolyn Tebbetts SD 738 CDA Program, IIIA 15 sessions; $475 001, Tue; Sept. 10-Dec. 17, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Instructor: Laura Jessie SD 711 CDA Renewal - Program Planning and Professional Development Issues (Hybrid Course) 15 sessions; $475 001, Mon; Sept. 9-Dec. 16, 2013 This 45-hour course meets the requirements for the CDA renewal, part of it will be online and part of it will be in a traditional classroom with the instructor. Experienced teachers and assistants will benefit from taking this course. Topics will include: physical, social, emotional and cognitive development of children from birth to age 5, how to establish a safe and healthy learning environment, how to observe and record behavior; ways to establish productive relationships with families, and strategies to manage program operations. Instructor: Sue Gellert SD 728 Early Care and Education for Director s Academy 15 sessions; $860 001, Tue; Sept. 10-Dec. 17, 2013 Hours: 5:30-9:30 p.m. This 60-hour course is designed for Directors and is supported by Professional Impact, NJ (formerly NJPDC). The following topics will be addressed: historical and philosophical foundations of child care, growth and development, observation and assessment, personal and professional self-awareness, staff supervision and human relations, educational programming, oral and written communication skills, health, safety and nutritional practices, family support and community relations, legal and fiscal management, marketing, public relations, program operations, facilities management as well as leadership and advocacy. Instructors: Suanne DeNunzio & Carolyn Tebbetts Preparation Courses SD 727 How to Become a Substitute Teacher 4 sessions; $120 001, Sat; October 19-November 9, 2013 Hours: 1:00-3:00 p.m. In this course students will learn about the substitute teacher application process as well as how to create and maintain a positive teaching atmosphere, facilitate classroom management, follow and implement lesson plans, teachers manuals, and other educational materials. This essential knowledge will help you gain the tools and confidence necessary to be a successful substitute teacher. Instructor: Julia Amaya SD 015 Teacher Assistant Preparation Certificate Program- Part I 15 sessions; $490 001, T/Th; Sept. 3-Oct. 24, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Instructor: Janice Powell SD 016 Teacher Assistant Preparation Certificate Program - Part II 12 sessions; $450 001, T/Th; Oct. 29-Dec. 19, 2013 (no class 11/28) Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. This non-credit course will prepare individuals to work in educational settings under the supervision and direction of a teacher, providing students with support and assistance with behavioral, developmental, social or learning needs. Please note individual school districts have different requirements for Assistant Teachers. This course prepares participants for the Praxis I exam. Upon completion of Part I and II, participants receive a certificate of completion from the Bergen Community College s Division of Continuing Education. Instructor: Janice Powell SD 014 Math Praxis II Preparation 8 sessions; $165 001, Wed; Sept. 11-Oct. 30, 2013 Hours: 6:00-8:00 p.m. Location: Fort Lee High School 002, Sat; October 5-November 23, 2013 Hours: 9:00-11:00 a.m. This course will prepare you for the Praxis II Math Content Knowledge Test, a NJ Department of Education requirement for anyone who wants to become a certified Math teacher in New Jersey. A structured review of number sense, operations, geometry, algebra, and data analysis will be provided. Sample questions as well as test-taking strategies will be discussed. Recommended text: Praxis II: Mathematics Content Knowledge Test (0061) Cliffs Test Prep. Instructor: Howard Zuckerberg SD 760 Elementary Ed Praxis II Preparation 8 sessions; $165 001, Tue.; Oct. 1-Nov. 19, 2013 Hours: 6:00-8:00 p.m. This course will prepare you for the Praxis II Elementary Education Content Knowledge Test, a NJ Department of Education requirement for anyone who wants to become a certified Elementary Education (K-5) teacher in New Jersey. A structured review of the four key content areas of the test: Language Arts, Mathematics, Science and Social Studies will be provided. Sample questions as well as test-taking strategies will be discussed. Recommended text: Praxis II: Elementary Education (0011, 0012, 0014) Cliffs Notes. Instructor: TBA Fundamentals of Teaching Certificate Program (Hybrid Course) Fundamentals of Teaching - Parts I & II, noncredit certificate programs, is designed to train professionals from diverse backgrounds who plan to work as teachers of health professions, corporate trainers, professional tutors, home, college or adult education instructors. HY 004 Fundamentals of Teaching Certificate Program- Part I (Hybrid Course) 5 sessions; $260 001, Wed; Sept. 11-Oct. 9, 2013 Hours: 6:00-8:30 p.m. Instructor: TBA HY 005 Fundamentals of Teaching Certificate Program Part II (Hybrid Course) 5 sessions; $260 001, Wed; Oct. 23-Nov. 20, 2013 Hours: 6:00-8:30 p.m. Part I focuses on the basics of teaching while Part II emphasizes advanced teaching theories and techniques. Learn how to motivate your students, sustain attention, manage groups, develop curricula, devise assessments, and utilize educational technology. Students come to campus the first and last classes with the interim classes online. Certificates are awarded upon completion of Parts I & II. This program is offered during both the fall and spring semesters. Instructor: TBA Professional Development for Teachers Bergen Community College s Division of Continuing Education offers a variety of programs designed to foster the development of teachers, keeping them up-to-date with current curriculum standards as mandated by the New Jersey Department of Education. Teachers are free to select any courses within this catalog, which are aligned with the NJ Core Curriculum Standards. When you attend a course, give the instructor your name and mailing address with your request for a Professional Development Certificate. There are many courses in the Health Professions and Computer Training sections of this catalog, which are appropriate for the professional development of teachers. SD 019 Overview of Special Education 5 session; $120 001, Th; Sept. 12-Oct. 10, 2013 Hours: 6:00-8:00 p.m. This course will review the history of special education as well as the current trends and best practices. Participants will learn about individualized education plans and special education law. Differentiated instruction, behavior management, and related services will be presented and discussed. Instructor: Marissa Gynn Ricafort To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 68

TEACHER EDUCATION SD 036 Red Flags: Recognizing Early Warning Signs 1 session; $30 001, Sat; October 5, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m.-1:00 p.m. This workshop, geared primarily towards early childhood and elementary educators, discusses the possible Red Flags that educators and parents might look for in a child with Tourette Syndrome, ADHD, OCD, and other comorbid disorders. These Red Flags include immaturity, trouble with transitions, trouble following directions, sensory issues, impulse control, etc. The presenter provides extensive strategies and accommodations to address students needs in the classroom and at home. Instructor: TBA SD 020 Classroom Management 5 session; $120 001, Th; Oct. 24-Nov. 21, 2013 Hours: 6:00-8:00 p.m. This course will address elements of effective classroom management with an emphasis on strategies to reduce problem behavior. Designing individual and group motivational systems will be presented as well as how to conduct functional assessments. Methods can be applied to general education as well as classes for students with special needs. Instructor: Marissa Gynn Ricafort SD 030 Imagination & 21 Century Skills: Getting Creative with Technology 4 session; $120 001, Tue; October 1-October 22, 2013 This course will address how to implement 21 st Century Skills in the classroom by focusing on Creativity and Innovation found in current educational policy. Using new models of inquiry and independent learning, as well as media based assessments, educators will learn the benefits of nurturing the connection between imagination and technology by using digital tools and various technology driven practices. Instructor: Joseph Todd SD 034 Spanish for Teachers Part I 5 sessions; $175 001, Sat; Sept. 21 Oct. 19, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m.-2:00 p.m. The goal of this class is to better enable educators to communicate with their Spanish speaking students and their parents. Students will learn basic communication skills pertaining to real-life situations, the classroom and school terminology. Students are awarded 20 Professional Development Units. Instructor: Freddy Rodriguez SD 038 Applied Behavior Analysis: Beyond the Basics 6 sessions; $135 001, Wed.; Sept. 25 Oct. 30, 2013 Hours: 6:00 7:30 p.m. This six session course will use the foundations established from the course Introduction to Applied Behavior Analysis to achieve a deeper understanding of utilizing the basic principles of Applied Behavior Analysis. Topics to be covered include: an introduction to verbal behavior (its vocabulary, foundation, and mechanics), designing and using preference assessments, writing and revising programs, functional analysis, and use of Applied Behavior Analysis in students with Autism Spectrum Disorders. Instructor: Shannon Medieros NEW SD 035 Spanish for Teachers Part II 5 sessions; $175 001, Sat; Oct. 26 Nov. 23, 2013 Hours: 10:00 a.m. 2:00 p.m. Building on Part I, students will learn basic vocabulary pertaining to curriculum, extra-curricular activities, student graduation, college preparation, and special needs. Students are awarded 20 Professional Development Units. Instructor: Freddy Rodriguez CE 312 Polishing Your Prose 3 sessions; $150 001, Mon; October 7, 14, 21, 2013 Hours: 6:20-9:20 p.m. This class is for people who want to develop more confidence through better understanding of English grammar, punctuation and sentence structure. It is designed to help people review or relearn the grammar they once knew and maybe add to their knowledge and proficiency. The course will provide information and practice for anyone who needs to write but is hesitant because of lack of facility with the technical aspects of the English language. Instructor: Brian Altano OL 369 Polishing Your Prose $150 001, November 4-25, 2013 Hours & Location: ONLINE Instructor: Brian Altano CE 086 Introduction to Applied Behavior Analysis 6 sessions; $135 001, Wed; Nov. 6-Dec. 18, 2013 Hours: 6:00-7:30 p.m. This six session course will describe the concepts, processes, and scientific principles of behavior on which the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) was founded. Topics to be covered include: the history and features of ABA, the principles and methods that comprise ABA, using ABA to address challenging behaviors, evaluating an ABA program, and the myths and facts about ABA. Instructor: Shannon Medieros CE 220 Social Thinking 4 sessions; $90 001, Wed; Nov. 6 Nov. 27, 2013 Hours: 6:30-8:00 p.m. This four session course is for parents, educators, service providers who want to teach individuals with Asperger Syndrome how to generalize behaviors across settings. You will learn how to develop social thinking concepts, guide social behavior, and reinforce behavior using Cognitive Social Integration Therapy. Instructor: Lisa Lawler, M. Ed., Educator, Developmental Learning Center To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 69

CERTIFICATE PROGRAM FOR PARAPROFESSIONALS: AUTISM CERTIFICATE PROGRAM FOR PARAPROFESSIONALS: AUTISM Certificate Program for Paraprofessionals: Autism The six-course non-credit certificate has been developed to meet the professional development needs of educators, assistant teachers, job coaches, adult service providers, parents, and community members who work or provide services to students and adults with disabilities. The six-course sequence consists of three disability related foundation courses and three specialty track courses. Participants can either elect to take all six courses to obtain a Certificate of Completion or take any individual course(s) based on interest or need. Each course is 15 hours in length at a cost of $120. Payment must be made in full upon registration. To register, please contact the Division of Continuing Education, Corporate and Public Sector Training at (201) 447-7488. Foundation Courses: Overview of Disabilities This course introduces learners to the spectrum of disability classifications within the medical and educational models. Gain knowledge of disabilities that will include, but not limited to: Learning Disabilities, Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD/ADD), Physical Disabilities, Traumatic Brain Injury, Autism, and Bipolar Disorder. The last class will focus on the transition of special needs students from high school to college with an understanding of the differences in IDEIA and ADA for school age children and for adults with disabilities. CE 970 Thursdays 9/12-10/10/13 6-9pm Instructor: Lynn Gold The Learning Process: Enhancing Instructional Skills This course discusses the spectrum of disability classifications and the specific ways they affect learning and achievement. It will provide practical strategies on identifying learning styles to support instructional practices and an ability to assist in adapting and modifying the classroom, home and community for optimal learning. Also, included are strategies that promote independence and how to develop and maintain supportive learning environments by appropriately organizing learning activities. CE 971 001 Monday 10/23-11/20/13 6-9pm Instructor: TBD Location: TBD Managing Behavior & Social Interactions for Learners with Disabilities This course will discuss the primary factors that influence behavior and provide information on how to effectively employ a variety of strategies to reinforce positive behaviors. Strategies for collecting objective and accurate information on behaviors will be discussed and the development of social skills by using strategies to modify the environment and facilitate communication. CE 972 Wednesday 10/2-10/30/13 6-9pm Instructor: Lisa Lawler Autism Specialty Track Courses: Overview of Children and Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorders This course will present a comprehensive overview of the characteristics of children and adults on the autism spectrum including Autism Disorders, Aspergers, and PDD-NOS. Discussion on how children and adults with autism are evaluated and classified including diagnostic medical models versus diagnostic educational models. The effects of autism on the family including parents, siblings and the extended family will be discussed. CE 973 Tuesday 9/17-10/15/13 6-9pm Instructor: Marissa Gynn Ricafort Overview of Methodologies to Support Students & Adults on the Spectrum This course will provide an introduction to methodologies used to support children and adults on the autism spectrum including ABA, DIR Floor time, DRT, Miller, Carbone, TEACCH, PECS, SCERTS, Sensory Integration and others. This course will provide information so as to allow participants to compare and contrast the accepted methodologies used to support and instruct children and adults with autism. CE 974 Tuesday 10/22-11/19/13 6-9pm Instructor: Shannon Medieros Behavioral and Social Skills Supports for Children & Adults with Autism This course will give an overview of the main behavioral characteristics of children and adults with autism and the methods used to facilitate and support the development of appropriate behaviors and social skills in the school, home and community. Normal developmental sequences and the developmental gaps found in social skill development across the autism spectrum will be reviewed. CE 975 Tuesday 10/22-11/19/13 6-9pm Instructor: TBD To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 70

WEDDING / EVENT PLANNING WEDDING / EVENT PLANNING The School of Continuing Education, Corporate and Public Sector Training is pleased to announce this exciting program. These classes will introduce students to wedding and event planning as a career, or how to plan your own wedding. You will receive a Bergen Community College certificate after you complete this course. Certificate in Wedding /Event Planning The Division of Continuing Education, Corporate and Public Sector Training is pleased to announce this exciting program. These classes will introduce students to wedding planning as a career, or how to plan your own wedding. You will receive a certificate after you complete this course. CD 497 Wedding / Event Planning 001, Wed; September 25-December 11, 2013 (no class 11/27) Location: Paramus Campus This course will introduce students to wedding planning as a career. By completing the course students will gain a basic understanding of the wedding industry. Create business contracts, pricing, packages and presentation process. Become proficient in skills such as budget planning, vendor selection and wedding design. Familiarize with industry specific terminology, communication, telephone techniques, organization and management. Gain knowledge of vendor contracts and what to look for. Learn how to handle the Bridezilla s in this world. Market yourself as an expert in the industry to gain PR attention. Learn how to use online marketing and how it applies to a wedding planning business. Gain knowledge of the different wedding traditions and non-traditional cultures and how to implement a couple s ethnic background into the celebration. You will understand the Event Planning process necessary to design and deliver a successful wedding/social event. There will be several off campus events that may not be on the scheduled evenings. Some of these events will require a small additional fee. Complete details and a syllabus will be distributed on the first night of class. In addition there will be a panel of industry experts who will discuss and answer all questions posed by the students. Instructor: Toni DeLisi, Master Bridal Consultant To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 71

WOMEN S INSTITUTE WOMEN S INSTITUTE Bergen Community College's Women's Institute seeks to support and nurture women's educational, emotional and physical needs throughout the many phases of life. Our continually expanding organization is caring, nurturing and supportive; imparting its collective years of experience to other women interested in expanding their skills in the workplace and at home. Women s Institute Leadership Academy WI 008 Leading Effective Organizations 4 sessions; $160 001, Th; October 3-24, 2013 In today s fast-paced and everchanging, competitive society, organizations must be able to respond and adapt effectively. Our course will focus on exploring the confluence of leadership and organizations in this context. Topics will include individual and group dynamics, organizational systems, structures and change, and leadership influence. Instructor: Diane D. Dean, M.S. WI 009 Conflict Management and Negotiation 2 sessions; $85 001, Th; November 7, 14, 2013 Conflict is inevitable, but it does not need to be unmanageable. This course will cover the causes and dynamics of conflict and the key elements of negotiation. Participants will also learn the necessary negotiation and conflict management tools and techniques essential to successfully navigating relationships in the workplace and beyond. Instructor: Diane D. Dean, M.S. WI 022 Naturally Finding Your True Voice 4 sessions; $95 001, Th; Nov. 21 Dec. 19, 2013 (no class 11/28) Do you feel that you have gone through life not being heard? If so, join us to discover leading- edge strategies that will enable you to Be the Change You Wish to See. Learn how to better hear and thus speak the voice of your genius through powerful explorations and playful transmissions. Students are asked to bring $6 to the first class for materials. Maters fee will be paid directly to the instructor. Instructor: Verena Visser Aibel WI 053 A New, Leaner You! 12 sessions; $299 001, Wed; Sept. 11-Dec. 4, 2013 Hours: 7:00-8:30 p.m. Location: Lyndhurst Campus This program is about education and implementation, not a get skinny quick gimmick. It encompasses lowglycemic impact eating, behavior modification and changes in body composition, offering an extensive plan that covers everything needed to get fit and trim. It includes an optional cleanse to kick start the process. With personalized coaching and support, the participant will learn to make healthy choices while still eating a normal, diverse diet, re-setting the metabolism to operate in high gear consistently, burning fat 24 hours a day. This is the last weight loss program you will ever need, and guarantees your success at last! The participant can expect these documented results: Reset Metabolism; Decrease Fat; Retain Lean Muscle Mass; Lower Blood Pressure; Lower Blood Sugar Levels; Improve Blood Cholesterol; Decrease Inflammation. Before starting any weight loss program, consult your physician. Instructor: Lucianne Paul, B.S. Health & Physical Education/NJ Certified Teacher/Nationally Certified Personal Trainer/National Certified Group Fitness Instructor WI 007 The Art of Leadership 3 sessions; $135 001, Mon; October 7-21, 2013 This course will explore what distinguishes a leader from a manager and the characteristics of a good leader. Participants will discover the strengths and weaknesses of their personal leadership style and learn how to use that style in their chosen career. Participants will explore the transition from personal responsibility to responsibility for a group. Essential skills such as risk assessment, decisionmaking, and vision casting will be explained and practiced. As part of this course, students will receive an individual analysis of their leadership strengths using the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator. The special discounted fee of $45 for the instrument and analysis will be paid to the instructor on the first night of class. Students who completed the Indicator for the Effective Communication Skills for Leaders course (WI 006) do not need to repeat the analysis. The same tool will be used to discuss leadership preferences. Instructor: Rita Williams-Bogar, MBA, CPCU, ChFC WI 031 Exploring Your Leadership Potential 1 session; $50 001, Mon; October 28, 2013 Learn how to make yourself stand out from the pack and become a leader in your field. Discover why American women hold themselves back from leadership roles and how we can change the situation for ourselves and our daughters and granddaughters. Learn the keys to a personal development plan that will put you in charge of your career and your life. Instructor: Rita Williams-Bogar, MBA, CPCU, ChFC To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 72

BERGEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE FOUNDATION ADDITIONAL CONTINUING EDUCATION OPPORTUNITIES For 48 years, Bergen Community College has played a significant role in providing necessary educational opportunities for the residents of this community. Each year, approximately 30,000 students enroll in credit-bearing or continuing education courses. Since 1970, the College has granted degrees and certificates to over 40,000 graduates. Yes, our county and state taxes have made much of this possible but not all of it. In recent years, less than 24 percent of the College s annual operational budgets were state and county funded. The balance is raised through tuition and student fees, student aid, grants and private fundraising initiatives coordinated by the Bergen Community College Foundation. Our ability to sustain and enhance the scope of services provided to the residents of this community is dependent upon contributions from private sources. Through private fundraising efforts, the Foundation - which exists solely to enhance student support including tuition, scholarship and book allocation, faculty development and student programs seeks to bridge the gap between limited government funding and those resources critical to the College. Without private funding, the scope of services provided would be sharply reduced. Your Membership in the College Family Foundation The Hispanic Institute Bergen Community College at the Meadowlands You become a member of the Bergen family with a gift to the BCC Foundation, a 501 ( c ) 3 nonprofit organization. The Foundation accepts gifts in all amounts no gift is too small. Gifts may be designated for a specific use or they may be directed to the Foundation s unrestricted fund to be used wherever it is most needed within the College. A contribution to the Securing Our Future Endowed Scholarship Fund will ensure available scholarship dollars for deserving students for generations to come. With a gift of $10,000 or more, you can establish a named endowment in an area of importance to you, your family or your corporation. Whatever the purpose, a contribution to the Foundation is translated into a gift of education that will benefit the residents of this community forever more. Ways of Giving Although the easiest gift to give is cash, it is also possible to make a multi-year pledge, donate appreciated securities, insurance, or real estate. You may also opt to remember the Bergen Community College Foundation and a selected fund in your will, annuity or other forms of planned giving. The Foundation staff is available to assist you and your financial adviser in planning the details of such a gift. Please contact the Foundation at (201) 447-7117 or by e-mail at: BCCFoundation@bergen.edu to discuss available options. All gifts made payable to the Foundation are tax deductible to the extent allowed by federal and state laws. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 73

THE HISPANIC INSTITUTE IN COOPERATION WITH BERGEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE OFFERS CLASSES IN: ENGLISH AS SECOND LANGUAGE (LEVELS 1-10) CONVERSATION I, II & III AMERICAN IDIOMS AMERICAN PRONUNCIATION WRITING ESSAYS & COMPOSITIONS KEYBOARDING INTRO. TO THE PC MS WORD MS EXCEL MS ACCESS MS POWERPOINT GED (IN SPANISH)* FALL CYCLE: SEPTEMBER 28 DECEMBER 7, 2013 SATURDAY CLASSES (10 SESSIONS) 9:00 AM-1:00 PM OR 1:30 PM-3:30 PM REGISTRATION DATES INSTRUCTIONAL SITE: SEPTEMBER 14 & 21, 2013 FROM 9:00 AM TO 5:00 PM COST: 40-HOUR COURSES- $200.00 20-HOUR COURSES-$100.00 GED- 60 HOURS-$295.00 CIARCO LEARNING CENTER 355 MAIN STREET HACKENSACK, NEW JERSEY $20.00 LATE FEE IF YOU REGISTER ON OR AFTER FIRST DAY OF CLASS. $20.00 PLACEMENT TEST FEE CASH OR VISA/MASTER CARD. NO PERSONAL CHECKS. FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL (201) 368-1414 THE HISPANIC INSTITUTE IS A NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATION SERVING THE HISPANIC COMMUNITY SINCE 1984. THE HISPANIC INSTITUTE EN COOPERACIÓN CON BERGEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE OFRECE CLASES DE: INGLÉS (NIVELES 1-10) CONVERSACIÓN I, II & III PRONUNCIACIÓN NORTEAMERICANA MODISMOS NORTEAMERICANOS COMO ESCRIBIR ENSAYOS Y COMPOSICIONES MECANOGRAFÍA INTRO. A LA COMPUTADORA PERSONAL MS WORD MS EXCEL MS ACCESS MS POWERPOINT GED (EN ESPAÑOL)* CICLO DE OTOÑO: 28 DE SEPTIEMBRE 7 DE DICIEMBRE, 2013 CLASES LOS SÁBADOS (10 CLASES) 9:00 AM-1:00 PM ó 1:30 PM- 3:30 PM FECHAS DE INSCRIPCIÓN: CENTRO DE INSTRUCCIÓN: 14 Y 21 DE SEPTIEMBRE, 2013 CIARCO LEARNING CENTER 9:00 AM - 5:00 PM 355 MAIN STREET HACKENSACK, NEW JERSEY COSTO DE LOS CURSOS: CURSOS DE 40 HORAS- $200.00 CURSOS DE 20 HORAS- $100.00 GED-60 HORAS-$295.00 $20.00 DE RECARGO SI SE INSCRIBE EL PRIMER DÍA DE CLASE O DESPUÉS. $20.00 DE CARGO POR EL EXÁMEN DE NIVELACIÓN SOLO SE ACEPTA PAGO EN EFECTIVO O TARJETA DE CRÉDITO VISA/MASTER CARD. NO SE ACEPTAN CHEQUES PERSONALES. PARA MAS INFORMACIÓN, LLAME AL (201) 368-1414 EL HISPANIC INSTITUTE ES UNA ORGANIZACIÓN SIN FINES DE LUCRO QUE SIRVE A LA COMUNIDAD HISPANA DESDE 1984. BERGEN AT THE MEADOWLANDS Bergen Community College at the Meadowlands Acting Director, Linda Emr Offering Credit and Non-Credit Courses Closer to You The mission of Bergen Community College at the Meadowlands is two-fold: to provide an affordable quality education that gives students a competitive advantage in the global marketplace and access to the best employment opportunities, and to provide workforce training partnerships in economic development that provide the community with avenues to employment and career growth, to achieve the American dream. Bergen Community College at the Meadowlands offers a convenient and flexible educational environment that promotes continuous, diverse learning and achievement close to home. Excellence in Continuing Education and Professional Development In today s global economy it is important to stay ahead of the curve. Bergen Community College will equip you with the knowledge and skills required to succeed in all aspects of life. Whether your goal is to earn a degree, advance in your career, explore a new vocation, re-enter the workforce, start a business, or pursue a favorite pastime your journey to success begins at Bergen Community College at the Meadowlands. Our contact information Address: 1280 Wall Street West, Lyndhurst, NJ 07071-3517 Phone: (201) 447-7920 Email: bccmeadowlands@bergen.edu Website: www.bergen.edu/meadowlands The Facilities Bergen Community College at the Meadowlands, an educational hub for southern Bergen County, is conveniently located, easily accessible, and is a beautifully renovated, state-of-the-art, multi-service educational facility. Check out our online courses! We offer a wide range of highly interactive non-credit courses online in partnership with Ed2go. These online courses are affordable, fun, fast and convenient. All courses offer 12 lessons over a 6-week period. In addition to the online courses offered in this catalog, please visit our website at www.ed2go.com/bccdce or call (201) 447-7488 for further information or to register. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 74

BERGEN AT THE MEADOWLANDS Business Certificate in Business of Entertainment ME 339 Careers in the Entertainment Industry 3 sessions; $125 001, Th; Sept. 12 Sept. 26, 2013 Hours: 7:30-9:30 p.m. Location: Meadowlands LYN This introductory course explores the many opportunities for a career in entertainment including set design and construction, lighting design, entertainment law, advertising and marketing, stage management, producing, general management touch upon careers in creative endeavors such as writing, directing, choreography and composing. Instructor: Steve Demas ME 340 Entertainment Advertising & Promotion 3 sessions; $125 001, Th; October 3 October 17, 2013 Hours: 7:30-9:30 p.m. Location: Meadowlands LYN Entertainment advertising and promotion is a very big business utilizing a broad spectrum of skills and talents. Like the productions they serve, advertising agencies and public relations firms require individuals with business skills and those with excellent creative ability. This course will examine, through case studies, some of the most successful campaigns for the entertainment industry, find a common thread for success, and provide students with an opportunity to create an advertising and promotion plan and creative platform for a hypothetical or real production, utilizing media and Internet outlets. Instructor: Steve Demas ME 341 Marketing and Branding in Entertainment 3 sessions; $125 001, Th; October 24 November 7, 2013 Hours: 7:30-9:30 p.m. Location: Meadowlands LYN This course builds on Entertainment Advertising & Promotion to explore the organized, well-planned, complex process of branding a hit in live theatre. Students will discover the possibility of review-proofing a show with money. Creating an illusion of success before the first costume is sewn or set piece built, has become the luxury for productions with the resources and marketing plan to begin far in advance of opening night. Areas to be covered include: the concept album, merchandise, press leaks, the making of video and other critical tools for building a foundation for audience expectations. Instructor: Steve Demas ME 342 Presenting an Idea The Pitch 3 sessions; $125 001, Th; Nov. 14 Dec. 5, 2013 (no class 11/28) Hours: 7:30-9:30 p.m. Location: Meadowlands LYN Whether it is an idea for a feature film, a documentary, an advertising campaign or a live stage production, people in suits who listen to the pitch decide the life or death of the idea. No set, costumes, music, song or dance invade this austere business gathering. This course gives students the opportunity to study the basic elements for preparing and giving the pitch. Learn the historic great pitches of entertainment history. Using writing, storyboarding and performance, students will collaborate in small groups to create and pitch their idea to the class. Instructor: Steve Demas The Arts CE 274 Intro to Acting & Voice-Over 6 sessions; $150 001, Tue; Sept. 10 Oct. 6, 2013 Hours: 7:30-9:30 p.m. Location: Meadowlands LYN Explore the basics of character development, accents, body language and sub-thought to convincingly portray roles. Students will perform their own monologues and critique one another, as well as learn fundamentals for producing headshots and attending auditions. Instructor: Steve Demas CE 275 Screenwriting 5 sessions; $125 001, Fri; October 4 November 1, 2013 Hours: 7:30-9:30 p.m. Location: Meadowlands Have ideas for a movie script? Do you wish to protect and promote your work? Discussion topics include script formatting for a narrative feature, securing copyright, and submitting your work to agents. A sample screenplay will be used as a study tool. Instructor: Steve Demas STÄRKE: Certificate in Sports Management Stärke: The Sports Management Certificate Program will empower students in the principles, concepts, and practices of sports management. The program certification is designed to foster leaders in sports management who understand and appreciate sports dynamics in the domestic and international communities. To obtain a certificate, participants must complete all 7 courses. Courses may be taken individually on a noncertificate basis. ME 345 Sports Management Foundations 2 sessions; $130 001, T/Th; September 10, 12, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Location: Meadowlands Campus Students will build on sports fundamentals to learn leadership and management principles and practices. The course will touch on various sports in the global community, and include supervision, communication, and organizational responsibilities in facilities management. ME 346 Consumer Behavior and the Sports Community 3 sessions; $190 001, T/Th; September 17, 19, 24, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Location: Meadowlands Campus This course will cover consumer influences and financial implications in domestic and international sports. Students will learn marketing strategies and the mindset, attitudes and behaviors that impact sports in the domestic and international communities. We will cover lifestyle, personal and social behavioral case studies. ME 347 Sports Law and Alternate Dispute Resolution 3 sessions; $190 001, T/Th; Sept. 26, Oct. 1, 3, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Location: Meadowlands Campus Examine current ethical complexities, the legal system within sports management, and alternative dispute resolution as a means of resolving conflicts that fall outside of the judicial system; review negotiation, mediation, collaborative law and arbitration. ME 348 Business Development, Marketing and Fundraising for Sports Management 4 sessions; $250 001, T/Th; October 8, 10, 15, 17, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Location: Meadowlands Campus Students will learn contemporary sports terminology and applications in sports management. They will gain knowledge regarding sports promotions through community outreach and media relations. Financial concepts in fundraising development, capital campaigns, planned giving and donor motivation will be some of the aspects covered. ME 349 Financial & Personnel Management in Sports 3 sessions; $190 001, T/Th; October 22, 24, 29, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Location: Meadowlands Campus This course is designed to provide wide-ranging coverage of financial theories and concepts in facilities management, cash flow management, break-even analysis, and the impact of economic fluctuation in sports. Students will become skilled in staff interviewing, screening, and processing as they develop training programs and skills assessments. ME 350 Emergency Management in Sports 3 sessions; $190 001, T/Th; November 1, 7, 12, 2013 (no class 3/19, 21) Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Location: Meadowlands Campus This course is designed to increase the student knowledge base in emergency management within sports. Leaders will learn to address different facets of crisis; including law enforcement, medical response, mass emergency preparedness, proactive response cases and recovery. ME 351 Sustainability in Sports Management 2 sessions $130 001, T/Th; November 14, 19, 2013 Hours: 6:00-9:00 p.m. Location: Meadowlands Campus Learn how sports are going green. Sustainability concepts can be incorporated to many aspects of facility management to radically reduce the environmental impact of staging large sporting events. Examine energy issues, water use, facility maintenance and traffic planning with the goal of increasing sustainability and profitability. To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 75

BERGEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE S SCHOOL OF CONTINUING EDUCATION, CORPORATE AND PUBLIC SECTOR TRAINING in partnership with the BUEHLER CHALLENGER & SCIENCE CENTER Presents A unique training opportunity for corporations, organizations, and companies, both public and private, within the region Launch into this unique training experience which includes the best of both worlds. Bergen Community College will draw upon the expertise of professional business practitioners and instructors who specialize in leadership development and team building solutions. Using proven curriculum and training techniques, our staff is able to offer flexible, customized solutions in specialty areas such as: Effective Interpersonal Communications Problem Solving (with Conflict Management as an option) Project Management Effective Team Work Team Leadership This comprehensive training will be coupled with the Buehler Challenger & Science Center s Solar Flare Program. State of the art stimulators and a trained staff will take your team beyond the confines of Earth for an experiential learning experience with interactive team building, leadership challenges, and problem solving skills through a simulated space mission. This distinctive combination of hands-on and classroom training combines to present a wonderful opportunity for corporate retreats, making learning unique and different. There are two options to meet your training objectives and make a difference in the performance of your people and organization s goals: Option 1: One full day of customized training and space retreat activities $2,275 (plus cost for lunch) Option 2: Two full days of customized training and space retreat activities $4,550 (plus cost for lunch) You may only get one chance, when considering running an important training session for your staff, so make it count! Call us for complete details at (201) 447-7151. We look forward to hearing from you! Please see page 12 for more Customized Training opportunities To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 76

TRAVEL DIRECTIONS Bergen Community College School of Continuing Education, 400 Paramus Road Corporate and Public Sector Training Paramus, New Jersey Technology Education Center, TEC-115 (201) 447-7100 (201) 447-7488 Bergen at the Meadowlands 1280 Wall Street West Lyndurst, New Jersey (201) 460-0610 Public Transportation: NJ TRANSIT Bus Routes #192, Clifton-NY; #76, Hackensack-Newark From the North (Via Garden State Parkway) - Take Exit 165, turn right (west) on Ridgewood Road, then right onto Ridgewood Avenue (crossing over Route 17) and continue to Paramus Road. Turn left onto Paramus Road and continue approximately 2 miles to college, proceed and continue as above. (Via Route 17) - Turn right off Route 17 onto Ridgewood Avenue (west) to Paramus Road. Turn left onto Paramus Road and continue as above. From the East Take Route 4 (via George Washington Bridge from New York City) to Paramus Road, Paramus. (From the east, Paramus Road is approximately 1 mile past Route 17 intersection). Turn right onto Paramus Road and proceed north for approximately 2 miles to college entrance on the right. From the South (Via Garden State Parkway) - Take Exit 160 (Passaic Street). Turn left onto Passaic Street. Continue over Route 4 onto Paramus Road (Passaic Street becomes Paramus Road north of Route 4 overpass). Continue north about 2 miles on Paramus Road to college entrance on right. (Via Route 17) - Take Century Road, second exit to the right, proceed around clover leaf over Route 17 onto Century Road (west). Continue to Paramus Road and turn right onto Paramus Road to college entrance on right. From the West Take Route 4 to Paramus Road, Paramus (exit under overpass). Turn right onto Paramus Road and proceed north for approximately 2 miles to college entrance on right side of Paramus Road. From West I-287 North. Take Exit 41A to merge onto I-80 E toward New York City. Take Exit 53 to merge onto US-46 E toward Wayne/Clifton/Lincoln Tunnel/Meadowlands Sports Complex/RT-3. Slight right at RT-3 (signs for New Jersey Turnpike/Garden State Pkwy S/Lincoln Tunnel/RT-3). Take the RT-17 S Exit toward Lyndhurst. Keep left at the fork, follow signs for Service Road and merge onto Polito Ave. Turn left at Wall St. West. From North Rt.-17 S/St Hwy 17. Continue to follow RT-17 S. Take the Service Road Exit. Turn left at Service Road. Continue on Edwin L. Ward SR Memorial Hwy. Turn left at Wall St. West. From South Garden State Pkwy. N. Take Exit 129 for I-95 N. Follow signs for Trucks-Buses/Cars and merge onto I-95 N/New Jersey Turnpike N. Take Exit 16W to merge onto RT-3 W toward Rutherford. Take the Service Road Exit; turn right to Edwin L. Ward SR Memorial Hwy. Turn left at Wall St. West. From East RT-3 W (signs for New Jersey Turnpike/Clifton/Lincoln Tunnel/RT-3 W/RT-495 E). Take the Service Road Exit. Turn right at Edwin L. Ward SR Memorial Hwy. Turn left at Wall St. West. Bergen County Law and Fort Lee High School Public Safety Institute (Mahwah) 300 Lemoine Avenue 281 Campgaw Road Fort Lee, NJ. 07024 Mahwah, NJ. 07430 Mack-CALI Centre VI 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 208 Closter From North & South (From Garden State Parkway) Take exit 164, turn left to Rt. 17 (From Route 17) make a right onto Sears Drive. Turn right (old Toys-R-Us Bldg.). Call: (201) 599-5857. Ciarco Learning Center 355 Main Street Hackensack, New Jersey (201) 489-1551 Hawthorne Fair Lawn 46 208 River Edge Oradell New Milford Bergenfield Tenafly Cresskill Demarest From New York Take the George Washington Bridge. Cross over the bridge onto Route 80 local. Take Route 80 local until you get to Exit #66 Hudson Street. Go to intersection with light, make a left onto Hudson Street and stay on Hudson Street to County Court House. Continue past County Court House where Hudson then becomes Main Street. Garden State Parkway Passaic Garfield Lodi East Rutherford Leonia Fort Lee Garden State Parkway North Take the Garden state Parkway to Exit 160. At the foot of the exit ramp, make a right on to Passaic Street. Travel three miles (about nine traffic lights) and immediately after State Street, you will see the Parisian Beauty Academy on your right. The driveway just past The Parisian Beauty Academy is the Learning Center s parking lot. Ridgefield Cliffside Park Fairwiew 87 New Jersey Turnpike North Exit 18 going north, take Route 80 (local lane reads Route 17, Hackensack). Take the first Hackensack Exit #66 to Hudson Street to the end of the ramp and turn left. You are now on Hudson Street. Stay on Hudson Street to County Court House, go three quarters around small circle to Main Street. Kearny Secaucus West New York 495 To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 77

Employee Parking W HS BK Employee Parking PS Student Parking CDC Drop-off Pick-up (10 min) Faculty Parking A-Lot B-Lot C-Lot D-Lot F-Lot G-Lot E-Lot HOW TO LOCATE YOUR CLASS Most classes are held at the Paramus campus, unless otherwise listed. Class locations are listed with a specific site, building and room number, (report there at class time), or with location to be announced (TBA). Call (201) 447-7155 the day before for classroom assignments. Buildings and wings are designated as follows: Main Building Bergen Community College 400 Paramus Road, (Parking Lot A or B) WINGS: A, B, C, L, S TEC - Technology Education Center Bergen Community College 400 Paramus Rd. (Parking Lot B) (Bldg. to the right of Main Bldg.) E- Ender Hall Bergen Community College 400 Paramus Road, (Parking Lot E or F) CLC - Ciarco Learning Center 355 Main Street, Hackensack, NJ (Enter parking lot from Passaic or Berry St.) To register, call: (201) 447-7488 www.bergen.edu/continuinged FALL 2013 78